mirror of
https://github.com/chibicitiberiu/rainmeter-studio.git
synced 2024-02-24 04:33:31 +00:00
7206 lines
228 KiB
C
7206 lines
228 KiB
C
|
/*************************************************
|
||
|
* Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions *
|
||
|
*************************************************/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
|
||
|
and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Written by Philip Hazel
|
||
|
Copyright (c) 1997-2010 University of Cambridge
|
||
|
|
||
|
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||
|
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||
|
|
||
|
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||
|
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||
|
|
||
|
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
|
||
|
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
|
||
|
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||
|
|
||
|
* Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
|
||
|
contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
||
|
this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||
|
|
||
|
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||
|
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||
|
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
|
||
|
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
|
||
|
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
|
||
|
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
|
||
|
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||
|
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||
|
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
|
||
|
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
|
||
|
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||
|
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* This module contains the external function pcre_compile(), along with
|
||
|
supporting internal functions that are not used by other modules. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||
|
#include "config.h"
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
|
||
|
#define NLBLOCK cd /* Block containing newline information */
|
||
|
#define PSSTART start_pattern /* Field containing processed string start */
|
||
|
#define PSEND end_pattern /* Field containing processed string end */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#include "pcre_internal.h"
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* When PCRE_DEBUG is defined, we need the pcre_printint() function, which is
|
||
|
also used by pcretest. PCRE_DEBUG is not defined when building a production
|
||
|
library. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
|
||
|
#include "pcre_printint.src"
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Macro for setting individual bits in class bitmaps. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#define SETBIT(a,b) a[b/8] |= (1 << (b%8))
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Maximum length value to check against when making sure that the integer that
|
||
|
holds the compiled pattern length does not overflow. We make it a bit less than
|
||
|
INT_MAX to allow for adding in group terminating bytes, so that we don't have
|
||
|
to check them every time. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#define OFLOW_MAX (INT_MAX - 20)
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*************************************************
|
||
|
* Code parameters and static tables *
|
||
|
*************************************************/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* This value specifies the size of stack workspace that is used during the
|
||
|
first pre-compile phase that determines how much memory is required. The regex
|
||
|
is partly compiled into this space, but the compiled parts are discarded as
|
||
|
soon as they can be, so that hopefully there will never be an overrun. The code
|
||
|
does, however, check for an overrun. The largest amount I've seen used is 218,
|
||
|
so this number is very generous.
|
||
|
|
||
|
The same workspace is used during the second, actual compile phase for
|
||
|
remembering forward references to groups so that they can be filled in at the
|
||
|
end. Each entry in this list occupies LINK_SIZE bytes, so even when LINK_SIZE
|
||
|
is 4 there is plenty of room. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#define COMPILE_WORK_SIZE (4096)
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* The overrun tests check for a slightly smaller size so that they detect the
|
||
|
overrun before it actually does run off the end of the data block. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#define WORK_SIZE_CHECK (COMPILE_WORK_SIZE - 100)
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Table for handling escaped characters in the range '0'-'z'. Positive returns
|
||
|
are simple data values; negative values are for special things like \d and so
|
||
|
on. Zero means further processing is needed (for things like \x), or the escape
|
||
|
is invalid. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifndef EBCDIC
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* This is the "normal" table for ASCII systems or for EBCDIC systems running
|
||
|
in UTF-8 mode. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
static const short int escapes[] = {
|
||
|
0, 0,
|
||
|
0, 0,
|
||
|
0, 0,
|
||
|
0, 0,
|
||
|
0, 0,
|
||
|
CHAR_COLON, CHAR_SEMICOLON,
|
||
|
CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN, CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN,
|
||
|
CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN, CHAR_QUESTION_MARK,
|
||
|
CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT, -ESC_A,
|
||
|
-ESC_B, -ESC_C,
|
||
|
-ESC_D, -ESC_E,
|
||
|
0, -ESC_G,
|
||
|
-ESC_H, 0,
|
||
|
0, -ESC_K,
|
||
|
0, 0,
|
||
|
-ESC_N, 0,
|
||
|
-ESC_P, -ESC_Q,
|
||
|
-ESC_R, -ESC_S,
|
||
|
0, 0,
|
||
|
-ESC_V, -ESC_W,
|
||
|
-ESC_X, 0,
|
||
|
-ESC_Z, CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET,
|
||
|
CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET,
|
||
|
CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT, CHAR_UNDERSCORE,
|
||
|
CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT, 7,
|
||
|
-ESC_b, 0,
|
||
|
-ESC_d, ESC_e,
|
||
|
ESC_f, 0,
|
||
|
-ESC_h, 0,
|
||
|
0, -ESC_k,
|
||
|
0, 0,
|
||
|
ESC_n, 0,
|
||
|
-ESC_p, 0,
|
||
|
ESC_r, -ESC_s,
|
||
|
ESC_tee, 0,
|
||
|
-ESC_v, -ESC_w,
|
||
|
0, 0,
|
||
|
-ESC_z
|
||
|
};
|
||
|
|
||
|
#else
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* This is the "abnormal" table for EBCDIC systems without UTF-8 support. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
static const short int escapes[] = {
|
||
|
/* 48 */ 0, 0, 0, '.', '<', '(', '+', '|',
|
||
|
/* 50 */ '&', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
||
|
/* 58 */ 0, 0, '!', '$', '*', ')', ';', '~',
|
||
|
/* 60 */ '-', '/', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
||
|
/* 68 */ 0, 0, '|', ',', '%', '_', '>', '?',
|
||
|
/* 70 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
||
|
/* 78 */ 0, '`', ':', '#', '@', '\'', '=', '"',
|
||
|
/* 80 */ 0, 7, -ESC_b, 0, -ESC_d, ESC_e, ESC_f, 0,
|
||
|
/* 88 */-ESC_h, 0, 0, '{', 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
||
|
/* 90 */ 0, 0, -ESC_k, 'l', 0, ESC_n, 0, -ESC_p,
|
||
|
/* 98 */ 0, ESC_r, 0, '}', 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
||
|
/* A0 */ 0, '~', -ESC_s, ESC_tee, 0,-ESC_v, -ESC_w, 0,
|
||
|
/* A8 */ 0,-ESC_z, 0, 0, 0, '[', 0, 0,
|
||
|
/* B0 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
||
|
/* B8 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ']', '=', '-',
|
||
|
/* C0 */ '{',-ESC_A, -ESC_B, -ESC_C, -ESC_D,-ESC_E, 0, -ESC_G,
|
||
|
/* C8 */-ESC_H, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
||
|
/* D0 */ '}', 0, -ESC_K, 0, 0,-ESC_N, 0, -ESC_P,
|
||
|
/* D8 */-ESC_Q,-ESC_R, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
||
|
/* E0 */ '\\', 0, -ESC_S, 0, 0,-ESC_V, -ESC_W, -ESC_X,
|
||
|
/* E8 */ 0,-ESC_Z, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
||
|
/* F0 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
||
|
/* F8 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
|
||
|
};
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Table of special "verbs" like (*PRUNE). This is a short table, so it is
|
||
|
searched linearly. Put all the names into a single string, in order to reduce
|
||
|
the number of relocations when a shared library is dynamically linked. The
|
||
|
string is built from string macros so that it works in UTF-8 mode on EBCDIC
|
||
|
platforms. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
typedef struct verbitem {
|
||
|
int len; /* Length of verb name */
|
||
|
int op; /* Op when no arg, or -1 if arg mandatory */
|
||
|
int op_arg; /* Op when arg present, or -1 if not allowed */
|
||
|
} verbitem;
|
||
|
|
||
|
static const char verbnames[] =
|
||
|
"\0" /* Empty name is a shorthand for MARK */
|
||
|
STRING_MARK0
|
||
|
STRING_ACCEPT0
|
||
|
STRING_COMMIT0
|
||
|
STRING_F0
|
||
|
STRING_FAIL0
|
||
|
STRING_PRUNE0
|
||
|
STRING_SKIP0
|
||
|
STRING_THEN;
|
||
|
|
||
|
static const verbitem verbs[] = {
|
||
|
{ 0, -1, OP_MARK },
|
||
|
{ 4, -1, OP_MARK },
|
||
|
{ 6, OP_ACCEPT, -1 },
|
||
|
{ 6, OP_COMMIT, -1 },
|
||
|
{ 1, OP_FAIL, -1 },
|
||
|
{ 4, OP_FAIL, -1 },
|
||
|
{ 5, OP_PRUNE, OP_PRUNE_ARG },
|
||
|
{ 4, OP_SKIP, OP_SKIP_ARG },
|
||
|
{ 4, OP_THEN, OP_THEN_ARG }
|
||
|
};
|
||
|
|
||
|
static const int verbcount = sizeof(verbs)/sizeof(verbitem);
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Tables of names of POSIX character classes and their lengths. The names are
|
||
|
now all in a single string, to reduce the number of relocations when a shared
|
||
|
library is dynamically loaded. The list of lengths is terminated by a zero
|
||
|
length entry. The first three must be alpha, lower, upper, as this is assumed
|
||
|
for handling case independence. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
static const char posix_names[] =
|
||
|
STRING_alpha0 STRING_lower0 STRING_upper0 STRING_alnum0
|
||
|
STRING_ascii0 STRING_blank0 STRING_cntrl0 STRING_digit0
|
||
|
STRING_graph0 STRING_print0 STRING_punct0 STRING_space0
|
||
|
STRING_word0 STRING_xdigit;
|
||
|
|
||
|
static const uschar posix_name_lengths[] = {
|
||
|
5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 4, 6, 0 };
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Table of class bit maps for each POSIX class. Each class is formed from a
|
||
|
base map, with an optional addition or removal of another map. Then, for some
|
||
|
classes, there is some additional tweaking: for [:blank:] the vertical space
|
||
|
characters are removed, and for [:alpha:] and [:alnum:] the underscore
|
||
|
character is removed. The triples in the table consist of the base map offset,
|
||
|
second map offset or -1 if no second map, and a non-negative value for map
|
||
|
addition or a negative value for map subtraction (if there are two maps). The
|
||
|
absolute value of the third field has these meanings: 0 => no tweaking, 1 =>
|
||
|
remove vertical space characters, 2 => remove underscore. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
static const int posix_class_maps[] = {
|
||
|
cbit_word, cbit_digit, -2, /* alpha */
|
||
|
cbit_lower, -1, 0, /* lower */
|
||
|
cbit_upper, -1, 0, /* upper */
|
||
|
cbit_word, -1, 2, /* alnum - word without underscore */
|
||
|
cbit_print, cbit_cntrl, 0, /* ascii */
|
||
|
cbit_space, -1, 1, /* blank - a GNU extension */
|
||
|
cbit_cntrl, -1, 0, /* cntrl */
|
||
|
cbit_digit, -1, 0, /* digit */
|
||
|
cbit_graph, -1, 0, /* graph */
|
||
|
cbit_print, -1, 0, /* print */
|
||
|
cbit_punct, -1, 0, /* punct */
|
||
|
cbit_space, -1, 0, /* space */
|
||
|
cbit_word, -1, 0, /* word - a Perl extension */
|
||
|
cbit_xdigit,-1, 0 /* xdigit */
|
||
|
};
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Table of substitutes for \d etc when PCRE_UCP is set. The POSIX class
|
||
|
substitutes must be in the order of the names, defined above, and there are
|
||
|
both positive and negative cases. NULL means no substitute. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
|
||
|
static const uschar *substitutes[] = {
|
||
|
(uschar *)"\\P{Nd}", /* \D */
|
||
|
(uschar *)"\\p{Nd}", /* \d */
|
||
|
(uschar *)"\\P{Xsp}", /* \S */ /* NOTE: Xsp is Perl space */
|
||
|
(uschar *)"\\p{Xsp}", /* \s */
|
||
|
(uschar *)"\\P{Xwd}", /* \W */
|
||
|
(uschar *)"\\p{Xwd}" /* \w */
|
||
|
};
|
||
|
|
||
|
static const uschar *posix_substitutes[] = {
|
||
|
(uschar *)"\\p{L}", /* alpha */
|
||
|
(uschar *)"\\p{Ll}", /* lower */
|
||
|
(uschar *)"\\p{Lu}", /* upper */
|
||
|
(uschar *)"\\p{Xan}", /* alnum */
|
||
|
NULL, /* ascii */
|
||
|
(uschar *)"\\h", /* blank */
|
||
|
NULL, /* cntrl */
|
||
|
(uschar *)"\\p{Nd}", /* digit */
|
||
|
NULL, /* graph */
|
||
|
NULL, /* print */
|
||
|
NULL, /* punct */
|
||
|
(uschar *)"\\p{Xps}", /* space */ /* NOTE: Xps is POSIX space */
|
||
|
(uschar *)"\\p{Xwd}", /* word */
|
||
|
NULL, /* xdigit */
|
||
|
/* Negated cases */
|
||
|
(uschar *)"\\P{L}", /* ^alpha */
|
||
|
(uschar *)"\\P{Ll}", /* ^lower */
|
||
|
(uschar *)"\\P{Lu}", /* ^upper */
|
||
|
(uschar *)"\\P{Xan}", /* ^alnum */
|
||
|
NULL, /* ^ascii */
|
||
|
(uschar *)"\\H", /* ^blank */
|
||
|
NULL, /* ^cntrl */
|
||
|
(uschar *)"\\P{Nd}", /* ^digit */
|
||
|
NULL, /* ^graph */
|
||
|
NULL, /* ^print */
|
||
|
NULL, /* ^punct */
|
||
|
(uschar *)"\\P{Xps}", /* ^space */ /* NOTE: Xps is POSIX space */
|
||
|
(uschar *)"\\P{Xwd}", /* ^word */
|
||
|
NULL /* ^xdigit */
|
||
|
};
|
||
|
#define POSIX_SUBSIZE (sizeof(posix_substitutes)/sizeof(uschar *))
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
|
||
|
#define STRING(a) # a
|
||
|
#define XSTRING(s) STRING(s)
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* The texts of compile-time error messages. These are "char *" because they
|
||
|
are passed to the outside world. Do not ever re-use any error number, because
|
||
|
they are documented. Always add a new error instead. Messages marked DEAD below
|
||
|
are no longer used. This used to be a table of strings, but in order to reduce
|
||
|
the number of relocations needed when a shared library is loaded dynamically,
|
||
|
it is now one long string. We cannot use a table of offsets, because the
|
||
|
lengths of inserts such as XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) are not known. Instead, we
|
||
|
simply count through to the one we want - this isn't a performance issue
|
||
|
because these strings are used only when there is a compilation error.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Each substring ends with \0 to insert a null character. This includes the final
|
||
|
substring, so that the whole string ends with \0\0, which can be detected when
|
||
|
counting through. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
static const char error_texts[] =
|
||
|
"no error\0"
|
||
|
"\\ at end of pattern\0"
|
||
|
"\\c at end of pattern\0"
|
||
|
"unrecognized character follows \\\0"
|
||
|
"numbers out of order in {} quantifier\0"
|
||
|
/* 5 */
|
||
|
"number too big in {} quantifier\0"
|
||
|
"missing terminating ] for character class\0"
|
||
|
"invalid escape sequence in character class\0"
|
||
|
"range out of order in character class\0"
|
||
|
"nothing to repeat\0"
|
||
|
/* 10 */
|
||
|
"operand of unlimited repeat could match the empty string\0" /** DEAD **/
|
||
|
"internal error: unexpected repeat\0"
|
||
|
"unrecognized character after (? or (?-\0"
|
||
|
"POSIX named classes are supported only within a class\0"
|
||
|
"missing )\0"
|
||
|
/* 15 */
|
||
|
"reference to non-existent subpattern\0"
|
||
|
"erroffset passed as NULL\0"
|
||
|
"unknown option bit(s) set\0"
|
||
|
"missing ) after comment\0"
|
||
|
"parentheses nested too deeply\0" /** DEAD **/
|
||
|
/* 20 */
|
||
|
"regular expression is too large\0"
|
||
|
"failed to get memory\0"
|
||
|
"unmatched parentheses\0"
|
||
|
"internal error: code overflow\0"
|
||
|
"unrecognized character after (?<\0"
|
||
|
/* 25 */
|
||
|
"lookbehind assertion is not fixed length\0"
|
||
|
"malformed number or name after (?(\0"
|
||
|
"conditional group contains more than two branches\0"
|
||
|
"assertion expected after (?(\0"
|
||
|
"(?R or (?[+-]digits must be followed by )\0"
|
||
|
/* 30 */
|
||
|
"unknown POSIX class name\0"
|
||
|
"POSIX collating elements are not supported\0"
|
||
|
"this version of PCRE is not compiled with PCRE_UTF8 support\0"
|
||
|
"spare error\0" /** DEAD **/
|
||
|
"character value in \\x{...} sequence is too large\0"
|
||
|
/* 35 */
|
||
|
"invalid condition (?(0)\0"
|
||
|
"\\C not allowed in lookbehind assertion\0"
|
||
|
"PCRE does not support \\L, \\l, \\N{name}, \\U, or \\u\0"
|
||
|
"number after (?C is > 255\0"
|
||
|
"closing ) for (?C expected\0"
|
||
|
/* 40 */
|
||
|
"recursive call could loop indefinitely\0"
|
||
|
"unrecognized character after (?P\0"
|
||
|
"syntax error in subpattern name (missing terminator)\0"
|
||
|
"two named subpatterns have the same name\0"
|
||
|
"invalid UTF-8 string\0"
|
||
|
/* 45 */
|
||
|
"support for \\P, \\p, and \\X has not been compiled\0"
|
||
|
"malformed \\P or \\p sequence\0"
|
||
|
"unknown property name after \\P or \\p\0"
|
||
|
"subpattern name is too long (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) " characters)\0"
|
||
|
"too many named subpatterns (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_COUNT) ")\0"
|
||
|
/* 50 */
|
||
|
"repeated subpattern is too long\0" /** DEAD **/
|
||
|
"octal value is greater than \\377 (not in UTF-8 mode)\0"
|
||
|
"internal error: overran compiling workspace\0"
|
||
|
"internal error: previously-checked referenced subpattern not found\0"
|
||
|
"DEFINE group contains more than one branch\0"
|
||
|
/* 55 */
|
||
|
"repeating a DEFINE group is not allowed\0"
|
||
|
"inconsistent NEWLINE options\0"
|
||
|
"\\g is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name/number or by a plain number\0"
|
||
|
"a numbered reference must not be zero\0"
|
||
|
"an argument is not allowed for (*ACCEPT), (*FAIL), or (*COMMIT)\0"
|
||
|
/* 60 */
|
||
|
"(*VERB) not recognized\0"
|
||
|
"number is too big\0"
|
||
|
"subpattern name expected\0"
|
||
|
"digit expected after (?+\0"
|
||
|
"] is an invalid data character in JavaScript compatibility mode\0"
|
||
|
/* 65 */
|
||
|
"different names for subpatterns of the same number are not allowed\0"
|
||
|
"(*MARK) must have an argument\0"
|
||
|
"this version of PCRE is not compiled with PCRE_UCP support\0"
|
||
|
;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Table to identify digits and hex digits. This is used when compiling
|
||
|
patterns. Note that the tables in chartables are dependent on the locale, and
|
||
|
may mark arbitrary characters as digits - but the PCRE compiling code expects
|
||
|
to handle only 0-9, a-z, and A-Z as digits when compiling. That is why we have
|
||
|
a private table here. It costs 256 bytes, but it is a lot faster than doing
|
||
|
character value tests (at least in some simple cases I timed), and in some
|
||
|
applications one wants PCRE to compile efficiently as well as match
|
||
|
efficiently.
|
||
|
|
||
|
For convenience, we use the same bit definitions as in chartables:
|
||
|
|
||
|
0x04 decimal digit
|
||
|
0x08 hexadecimal digit
|
||
|
|
||
|
Then we can use ctype_digit and ctype_xdigit in the code. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifndef EBCDIC
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* This is the "normal" case, for ASCII systems, and EBCDIC systems running in
|
||
|
UTF-8 mode. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
static const unsigned char digitab[] =
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - ' */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ( - / */
|
||
|
0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /* 0 - 7 */
|
||
|
0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8 - ? */
|
||
|
0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* @ - G */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H - O */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* P - W */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* X - _ */
|
||
|
0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* ` - g */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h - o */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* p - w */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* x -127 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 128-135 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 136-143 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144-151 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 152-159 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160-167 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 168-175 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 176-183 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 192-199 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 200-207 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 208-215 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 216-223 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 224-231 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 232-239 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 240-247 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 248-255 */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#else
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* This is the "abnormal" case, for EBCDIC systems not running in UTF-8 mode. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
static const unsigned char digitab[] =
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 0 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 10 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 32- 39 20 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 40- 47 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 48- 55 30 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 56- 63 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - 71 40 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 72- | */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* & - 87 50 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 88- 95 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - -103 60 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 104- ? */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 70 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- " */
|
||
|
0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* 128- g 80 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h -143 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144- p 90 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* q -159 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160- x A0 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* y -175 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ^ -183 B0 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* { - G C0 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H -207 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* } - P D0 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Q -223 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* \ - X E0 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Y -239 */
|
||
|
0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /* 0 - 7 F0 */
|
||
|
0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 8 -255 */
|
||
|
|
||
|
static const unsigned char ebcdic_chartab[] = { /* chartable partial dup */
|
||
|
0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 32- 39 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 40- 47 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 48- 55 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 56- 63 */
|
||
|
0x01,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - 71 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80, /* 72- | */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* & - 87 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00, /* 88- 95 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - -103 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x10,0x00,0x80, /* 104- ? */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- " */
|
||
|
0x00,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* 128- g */
|
||
|
0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h -143 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 144- p */
|
||
|
0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* q -159 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 160- x */
|
||
|
0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* y -175 */
|
||
|
0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ^ -183 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */
|
||
|
0x80,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* { - G */
|
||
|
0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H -207 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* } - P */
|
||
|
0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Q -223 */
|
||
|
0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* \ - X */
|
||
|
0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Y -239 */
|
||
|
0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c, /* 0 - 7 */
|
||
|
0x1c,0x1c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 8 -255 */
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Definition to allow mutual recursion */
|
||
|
|
||
|
static BOOL
|
||
|
compile_regex(int, int, uschar **, const uschar **, int *, BOOL, BOOL, int,
|
||
|
int *, int *, branch_chain *, compile_data *, int *);
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*************************************************
|
||
|
* Find an error text *
|
||
|
*************************************************/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* The error texts are now all in one long string, to save on relocations. As
|
||
|
some of the text is of unknown length, we can't use a table of offsets.
|
||
|
Instead, just count through the strings. This is not a performance issue
|
||
|
because it happens only when there has been a compilation error.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Argument: the error number
|
||
|
Returns: pointer to the error string
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static const char *
|
||
|
find_error_text(int n)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
const char *s = error_texts;
|
||
|
for (; n > 0; n--)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
while (*s++ != 0) {};
|
||
|
if (*s == 0) return "Error text not found (please report)";
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return s;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*************************************************
|
||
|
* Handle escapes *
|
||
|
*************************************************/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* This function is called when a \ has been encountered. It either returns a
|
||
|
positive value for a simple escape such as \n, or a negative value which
|
||
|
encodes one of the more complicated things such as \d. A backreference to group
|
||
|
n is returned as -(ESC_REF + n); ESC_REF is the highest ESC_xxx macro. When
|
||
|
UTF-8 is enabled, a positive value greater than 255 may be returned. On entry,
|
||
|
ptr is pointing at the \. On exit, it is on the final character of the escape
|
||
|
sequence.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Arguments:
|
||
|
ptrptr points to the pattern position pointer
|
||
|
errorcodeptr points to the errorcode variable
|
||
|
bracount number of previous extracting brackets
|
||
|
options the options bits
|
||
|
isclass TRUE if inside a character class
|
||
|
|
||
|
Returns: zero or positive => a data character
|
||
|
negative => a special escape sequence
|
||
|
on error, errorcodeptr is set
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int
|
||
|
check_escape(const uschar **ptrptr, int *errorcodeptr, int bracount,
|
||
|
int options, BOOL isclass)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
BOOL utf8 = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
|
||
|
const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr + 1;
|
||
|
int c, i;
|
||
|
|
||
|
GETCHARINCTEST(c, ptr); /* Get character value, increment pointer */
|
||
|
ptr--; /* Set pointer back to the last byte */
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If backslash is at the end of the pattern, it's an error. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (c == 0) *errorcodeptr = ERR1;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Non-alphanumerics are literals. For digits or letters, do an initial lookup
|
||
|
in a table. A non-zero result is something that can be returned immediately.
|
||
|
Otherwise further processing may be required. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
|
||
|
else if (c < CHAR_0 || c > CHAR_z) {} /* Not alphanumeric */
|
||
|
else if ((i = escapes[c - CHAR_0]) != 0) c = i;
|
||
|
|
||
|
#else /* EBCDIC coding */
|
||
|
else if (c < 'a' || (ebcdic_chartab[c] & 0x0E) == 0) {} /* Not alphanumeric */
|
||
|
else if ((i = escapes[c - 0x48]) != 0) c = i;
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Escapes that need further processing, or are illegal. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
const uschar *oldptr;
|
||
|
BOOL braced, negated;
|
||
|
|
||
|
switch (c)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
/* A number of Perl escapes are not handled by PCRE. We give an explicit
|
||
|
error. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case CHAR_l:
|
||
|
case CHAR_L:
|
||
|
case CHAR_u:
|
||
|
case CHAR_U:
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR37;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* \g must be followed by one of a number of specific things:
|
||
|
|
||
|
(1) A number, either plain or braced. If positive, it is an absolute
|
||
|
backreference. If negative, it is a relative backreference. This is a Perl
|
||
|
5.10 feature.
|
||
|
|
||
|
(2) Perl 5.10 also supports \g{name} as a reference to a named group. This
|
||
|
is part of Perl's movement towards a unified syntax for back references. As
|
||
|
this is synonymous with \k{name}, we fudge it up by pretending it really
|
||
|
was \k.
|
||
|
|
||
|
(3) For Oniguruma compatibility we also support \g followed by a name or a
|
||
|
number either in angle brackets or in single quotes. However, these are
|
||
|
(possibly recursive) subroutine calls, _not_ backreferences. Just return
|
||
|
the -ESC_g code (cf \k). */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case CHAR_g:
|
||
|
if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN || ptr[1] == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
c = -ESC_g;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Handle the Perl-compatible cases */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
const uschar *p;
|
||
|
for (p = ptr+2; *p != 0 && *p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET; p++)
|
||
|
if (*p != CHAR_MINUS && (digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) == 0) break;
|
||
|
if (*p != 0 && *p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
c = -ESC_k;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
braced = TRUE;
|
||
|
ptr++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else braced = FALSE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
negated = TRUE;
|
||
|
ptr++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else negated = FALSE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
c = 0;
|
||
|
while ((digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_digit) != 0)
|
||
|
c = c * 10 + *(++ptr) - CHAR_0;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (c < 0) /* Integer overflow */
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR61;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (braced && *(++ptr) != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR57;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (c == 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR58;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (negated)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (c > bracount)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR15;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
c = bracount - (c - 1);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
c = -(ESC_REF + c);
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* The handling of escape sequences consisting of a string of digits
|
||
|
starting with one that is not zero is not straightforward. By experiment,
|
||
|
the way Perl works seems to be as follows:
|
||
|
|
||
|
Outside a character class, the digits are read as a decimal number. If the
|
||
|
number is less than 10, or if there are that many previous extracting
|
||
|
left brackets, then it is a back reference. Otherwise, up to three octal
|
||
|
digits are read to form an escaped byte. Thus \123 is likely to be octal
|
||
|
123 (cf \0123, which is octal 012 followed by the literal 3). If the octal
|
||
|
value is greater than 377, the least significant 8 bits are taken. Inside a
|
||
|
character class, \ followed by a digit is always an octal number. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case CHAR_1: case CHAR_2: case CHAR_3: case CHAR_4: case CHAR_5:
|
||
|
case CHAR_6: case CHAR_7: case CHAR_8: case CHAR_9:
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (!isclass)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
oldptr = ptr;
|
||
|
c -= CHAR_0;
|
||
|
while ((digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_digit) != 0)
|
||
|
c = c * 10 + *(++ptr) - CHAR_0;
|
||
|
if (c < 0) /* Integer overflow */
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR61;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (c < 10 || c <= bracount)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
c = -(ESC_REF + c);
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
ptr = oldptr; /* Put the pointer back and fall through */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Handle an octal number following \. If the first digit is 8 or 9, Perl
|
||
|
generates a binary zero byte and treats the digit as a following literal.
|
||
|
Thus we have to pull back the pointer by one. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if ((c = *ptr) >= CHAR_8)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
ptr--;
|
||
|
c = 0;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* \0 always starts an octal number, but we may drop through to here with a
|
||
|
larger first octal digit. The original code used just to take the least
|
||
|
significant 8 bits of octal numbers (I think this is what early Perls used
|
||
|
to do). Nowadays we allow for larger numbers in UTF-8 mode, but no more
|
||
|
than 3 octal digits. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case CHAR_0:
|
||
|
c -= CHAR_0;
|
||
|
while(i++ < 2 && ptr[1] >= CHAR_0 && ptr[1] <= CHAR_7)
|
||
|
c = c * 8 + *(++ptr) - CHAR_0;
|
||
|
if (!utf8 && c > 255) *errorcodeptr = ERR51;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* \x is complicated. \x{ddd} is a character number which can be greater
|
||
|
than 0xff in utf8 mode, but only if the ddd are hex digits. If not, { is
|
||
|
treated as a data character. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case CHAR_x:
|
||
|
if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
const uschar *pt = ptr + 2;
|
||
|
int count = 0;
|
||
|
|
||
|
c = 0;
|
||
|
while ((digitab[*pt] & ctype_xdigit) != 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
register int cc = *pt++;
|
||
|
if (c == 0 && cc == CHAR_0) continue; /* Leading zeroes */
|
||
|
count++;
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
|
||
|
if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */
|
||
|
c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
|
||
|
#else /* EBCDIC coding */
|
||
|
if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */
|
||
|
c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (*pt == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (c < 0 || count > (utf8? 8 : 2)) *errorcodeptr = ERR34;
|
||
|
ptr = pt;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If the sequence of hex digits does not end with '}', then we don't
|
||
|
recognize this construct; fall through to the normal \x handling. */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Read just a single-byte hex-defined char */
|
||
|
|
||
|
c = 0;
|
||
|
while (i++ < 2 && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int cc; /* Some compilers don't like */
|
||
|
cc = *(++ptr); /* ++ in initializers */
|
||
|
#ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
|
||
|
if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */
|
||
|
c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
|
||
|
#else /* EBCDIC coding */
|
||
|
if (cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */
|
||
|
c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* For \c, a following letter is upper-cased; then the 0x40 bit is flipped.
|
||
|
This coding is ASCII-specific, but then the whole concept of \cx is
|
||
|
ASCII-specific. (However, an EBCDIC equivalent has now been added.) */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case CHAR_c:
|
||
|
c = *(++ptr);
|
||
|
if (c == 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR2;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
|
||
|
if (c >= CHAR_a && c <= CHAR_z) c -= 32;
|
||
|
c ^= 0x40;
|
||
|
#else /* EBCDIC coding */
|
||
|
if (c >= CHAR_a && c <= CHAR_z) c += 64;
|
||
|
c ^= 0xC0;
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* PCRE_EXTRA enables extensions to Perl in the matter of escapes. Any
|
||
|
other alphanumeric following \ is an error if PCRE_EXTRA was set;
|
||
|
otherwise, for Perl compatibility, it is a literal. This code looks a bit
|
||
|
odd, but there used to be some cases other than the default, and there may
|
||
|
be again in future, so I haven't "optimized" it. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
default:
|
||
|
if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0) switch(c)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
default:
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR3;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Perl supports \N{name} for character names, as well as plain \N for "not
|
||
|
newline". PCRE does not support \N{name}. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (c == -ESC_N && ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR37;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If PCRE_UCP is set, we change the values for \d etc. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0 && c <= -ESC_D && c >= -ESC_w)
|
||
|
c -= (ESC_DU - ESC_D);
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Set the pointer to the final character before returning. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
*ptrptr = ptr;
|
||
|
return c;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
|
||
|
/*************************************************
|
||
|
* Handle \P and \p *
|
||
|
*************************************************/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* This function is called after \P or \p has been encountered, provided that
|
||
|
PCRE is compiled with support for Unicode properties. On entry, ptrptr is
|
||
|
pointing at the P or p. On exit, it is pointing at the final character of the
|
||
|
escape sequence.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Argument:
|
||
|
ptrptr points to the pattern position pointer
|
||
|
negptr points to a boolean that is set TRUE for negation else FALSE
|
||
|
dptr points to an int that is set to the detailed property value
|
||
|
errorcodeptr points to the error code variable
|
||
|
|
||
|
Returns: type value from ucp_type_table, or -1 for an invalid type
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int
|
||
|
get_ucp(const uschar **ptrptr, BOOL *negptr, int *dptr, int *errorcodeptr)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int c, i, bot, top;
|
||
|
const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr;
|
||
|
char name[32];
|
||
|
|
||
|
c = *(++ptr);
|
||
|
if (c == 0) goto ERROR_RETURN;
|
||
|
|
||
|
*negptr = FALSE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* \P or \p can be followed by a name in {}, optionally preceded by ^ for
|
||
|
negation. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (c == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (ptr[1] == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*negptr = TRUE;
|
||
|
ptr++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
for (i = 0; i < (int)sizeof(name) - 1; i++)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
c = *(++ptr);
|
||
|
if (c == 0) goto ERROR_RETURN;
|
||
|
if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) break;
|
||
|
name[i] = c;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (c != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) goto ERROR_RETURN;
|
||
|
name[i] = 0;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Otherwise there is just one following character */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
name[0] = c;
|
||
|
name[1] = 0;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
*ptrptr = ptr;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Search for a recognized property name using binary chop */
|
||
|
|
||
|
bot = 0;
|
||
|
top = _pcre_utt_size;
|
||
|
|
||
|
while (bot < top)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
i = (bot + top) >> 1;
|
||
|
c = strcmp(name, _pcre_utt_names + _pcre_utt[i].name_offset);
|
||
|
if (c == 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*dptr = _pcre_utt[i].value;
|
||
|
return _pcre_utt[i].type;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (c > 0) bot = i + 1; else top = i;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR47;
|
||
|
*ptrptr = ptr;
|
||
|
return -1;
|
||
|
|
||
|
ERROR_RETURN:
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR46;
|
||
|
*ptrptr = ptr;
|
||
|
return -1;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*************************************************
|
||
|
* Check for counted repeat *
|
||
|
*************************************************/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* This function is called when a '{' is encountered in a place where it might
|
||
|
start a quantifier. It looks ahead to see if it really is a quantifier or not.
|
||
|
It is only a quantifier if it is one of the forms {ddd} {ddd,} or {ddd,ddd}
|
||
|
where the ddds are digits.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Arguments:
|
||
|
p pointer to the first char after '{'
|
||
|
|
||
|
Returns: TRUE or FALSE
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static BOOL
|
||
|
is_counted_repeat(const uschar *p)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if ((digitab[*p++] & ctype_digit) == 0) return FALSE;
|
||
|
while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) p++;
|
||
|
if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) return TRUE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (*p++ != CHAR_COMMA) return FALSE;
|
||
|
if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) return TRUE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if ((digitab[*p++] & ctype_digit) == 0) return FALSE;
|
||
|
while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) p++;
|
||
|
|
||
|
return (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*************************************************
|
||
|
* Read repeat counts *
|
||
|
*************************************************/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Read an item of the form {n,m} and return the values. This is called only
|
||
|
after is_counted_repeat() has confirmed that a repeat-count quantifier exists,
|
||
|
so the syntax is guaranteed to be correct, but we need to check the values.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Arguments:
|
||
|
p pointer to first char after '{'
|
||
|
minp pointer to int for min
|
||
|
maxp pointer to int for max
|
||
|
returned as -1 if no max
|
||
|
errorcodeptr points to error code variable
|
||
|
|
||
|
Returns: pointer to '}' on success;
|
||
|
current ptr on error, with errorcodeptr set non-zero
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static const uschar *
|
||
|
read_repeat_counts(const uschar *p, int *minp, int *maxp, int *errorcodeptr)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int min = 0;
|
||
|
int max = -1;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Read the minimum value and do a paranoid check: a negative value indicates
|
||
|
an integer overflow. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) min = min * 10 + *p++ - CHAR_0;
|
||
|
if (min < 0 || min > 65535)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR5;
|
||
|
return p;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Read the maximum value if there is one, and again do a paranoid on its size.
|
||
|
Also, max must not be less than min. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) max = min; else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (*(++p) != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
max = 0;
|
||
|
while((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) max = max * 10 + *p++ - CHAR_0;
|
||
|
if (max < 0 || max > 65535)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR5;
|
||
|
return p;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (max < min)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR4;
|
||
|
return p;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Fill in the required variables, and pass back the pointer to the terminating
|
||
|
'}'. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
*minp = min;
|
||
|
*maxp = max;
|
||
|
return p;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*************************************************
|
||
|
* Subroutine for finding forward reference *
|
||
|
*************************************************/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* This recursive function is called only from find_parens() below. The
|
||
|
top-level call starts at the beginning of the pattern. All other calls must
|
||
|
start at a parenthesis. It scans along a pattern's text looking for capturing
|
||
|
subpatterns, and counting them. If it finds a named pattern that matches the
|
||
|
name it is given, it returns its number. Alternatively, if the name is NULL, it
|
||
|
returns when it reaches a given numbered subpattern. We know that if (?P< is
|
||
|
encountered, the name will be terminated by '>' because that is checked in the
|
||
|
first pass. Recursion is used to keep track of subpatterns that reset the
|
||
|
capturing group numbers - the (?| feature.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Arguments:
|
||
|
ptrptr address of the current character pointer (updated)
|
||
|
cd compile background data
|
||
|
name name to seek, or NULL if seeking a numbered subpattern
|
||
|
lorn name length, or subpattern number if name is NULL
|
||
|
xmode TRUE if we are in /x mode
|
||
|
count pointer to the current capturing subpattern number (updated)
|
||
|
|
||
|
Returns: the number of the named subpattern, or -1 if not found
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int
|
||
|
find_parens_sub(uschar **ptrptr, compile_data *cd, const uschar *name, int lorn,
|
||
|
BOOL xmode, int *count)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
uschar *ptr = *ptrptr;
|
||
|
int start_count = *count;
|
||
|
int hwm_count = start_count;
|
||
|
BOOL dup_parens = FALSE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If the first character is a parenthesis, check on the type of group we are
|
||
|
dealing with. The very first call may not start with a parenthesis. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (ptr[0] == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
/* Handle specials such as (*SKIP) or (*UTF8) etc. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (ptr[1] == CHAR_ASTERISK) ptr += 2;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Handle a normal, unnamed capturing parenthesis. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (ptr[1] != CHAR_QUESTION_MARK)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*count += 1;
|
||
|
if (name == NULL && *count == lorn) return *count;
|
||
|
ptr++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* All cases now have (? at the start. Remember when we are in a group
|
||
|
where the parenthesis numbers are duplicated. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (ptr[2] == CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
ptr += 3;
|
||
|
dup_parens = TRUE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Handle comments; all characters are allowed until a ket is reached. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (ptr[2] == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
for (ptr += 3; *ptr != 0; ptr++) if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) break;
|
||
|
goto FAIL_EXIT;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Handle a condition. If it is an assertion, just carry on so that it
|
||
|
is processed as normal. If not, skip to the closing parenthesis of the
|
||
|
condition (there can't be any nested parens). */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (ptr[2] == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
ptr += 2;
|
||
|
if (ptr[1] != CHAR_QUESTION_MARK)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
while (*ptr != 0 && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++;
|
||
|
if (*ptr != 0) ptr++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Start with (? but not a condition. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
ptr += 2;
|
||
|
if (*ptr == CHAR_P) ptr++; /* Allow optional P */
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* We have to disambiguate (?<! and (?<= from (?<name> for named groups */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if ((*ptr == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN && ptr[1] != CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK &&
|
||
|
ptr[1] != CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) || *ptr == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int term;
|
||
|
const uschar *thisname;
|
||
|
*count += 1;
|
||
|
if (name == NULL && *count == lorn) return *count;
|
||
|
term = *ptr++;
|
||
|
if (term == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN) term = CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN;
|
||
|
thisname = ptr;
|
||
|
while (*ptr != term) ptr++;
|
||
|
if (name != NULL && lorn == ptr - thisname &&
|
||
|
strncmp((const char *)name, (const char *)thisname, lorn) == 0)
|
||
|
return *count;
|
||
|
term++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Past any initial parenthesis handling, scan for parentheses or vertical
|
||
|
bars. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
for (; *ptr != 0; ptr++)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
/* Skip over backslashed characters and also entire \Q...\E */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (*(++ptr) == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT;
|
||
|
if (*ptr == CHAR_Q) for (;;)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
while (*(++ptr) != 0 && *ptr != CHAR_BACKSLASH) {};
|
||
|
if (*ptr == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT;
|
||
|
if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_E) break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
continue;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Skip over character classes; this logic must be similar to the way they
|
||
|
are handled for real. If the first character is '^', skip it. Also, if the
|
||
|
first few characters (either before or after ^) are \Q\E or \E we skip them
|
||
|
too. This makes for compatibility with Perl. Note the use of STR macros to
|
||
|
encode "Q\\E" so that it works in UTF-8 on EBCDIC platforms. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (*ptr == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
BOOL negate_class = FALSE;
|
||
|
for (;;)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (ptr[2] == CHAR_E)
|
||
|
ptr+= 2;
|
||
|
else if (strncmp((const char *)ptr+2,
|
||
|
STR_Q STR_BACKSLASH STR_E, 3) == 0)
|
||
|
ptr += 4;
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else if (!negate_class && ptr[1] == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
negate_class = TRUE;
|
||
|
ptr++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If the next character is ']', it is a data character that must be
|
||
|
skipped, except in JavaScript compatibility mode. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET &&
|
||
|
(cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) == 0)
|
||
|
ptr++;
|
||
|
|
||
|
while (*(++ptr) != CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (*ptr == 0) return -1;
|
||
|
if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (*(++ptr) == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT;
|
||
|
if (*ptr == CHAR_Q) for (;;)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
while (*(++ptr) != 0 && *ptr != CHAR_BACKSLASH) {};
|
||
|
if (*ptr == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT;
|
||
|
if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_E) break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
continue;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
continue;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Skip comments in /x mode */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (xmode && *ptr == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
while (*(++ptr) != 0 && *ptr != CHAR_NL) {};
|
||
|
if (*ptr == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT;
|
||
|
continue;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Check for the special metacharacters */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (*ptr == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int rc = find_parens_sub(&ptr, cd, name, lorn, xmode, count);
|
||
|
if (rc > 0) return rc;
|
||
|
if (*ptr == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (dup_parens && *count < hwm_count) *count = hwm_count;
|
||
|
goto FAIL_EXIT;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (*ptr == CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE && dup_parens)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (*count > hwm_count) hwm_count = *count;
|
||
|
*count = start_count;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
FAIL_EXIT:
|
||
|
*ptrptr = ptr;
|
||
|
return -1;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*************************************************
|
||
|
* Find forward referenced subpattern *
|
||
|
*************************************************/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* This function scans along a pattern's text looking for capturing
|
||
|
subpatterns, and counting them. If it finds a named pattern that matches the
|
||
|
name it is given, it returns its number. Alternatively, if the name is NULL, it
|
||
|
returns when it reaches a given numbered subpattern. This is used for forward
|
||
|
references to subpatterns. We used to be able to start this scan from the
|
||
|
current compiling point, using the current count value from cd->bracount, and
|
||
|
do it all in a single loop, but the addition of the possibility of duplicate
|
||
|
subpattern numbers means that we have to scan from the very start, in order to
|
||
|
take account of such duplicates, and to use a recursive function to keep track
|
||
|
of the different types of group.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Arguments:
|
||
|
cd compile background data
|
||
|
name name to seek, or NULL if seeking a numbered subpattern
|
||
|
lorn name length, or subpattern number if name is NULL
|
||
|
xmode TRUE if we are in /x mode
|
||
|
|
||
|
Returns: the number of the found subpattern, or -1 if not found
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int
|
||
|
find_parens(compile_data *cd, const uschar *name, int lorn, BOOL xmode)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
uschar *ptr = (uschar *)cd->start_pattern;
|
||
|
int count = 0;
|
||
|
int rc;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If the pattern does not start with an opening parenthesis, the first call
|
||
|
to find_parens_sub() will scan right to the end (if necessary). However, if it
|
||
|
does start with a parenthesis, find_parens_sub() will return when it hits the
|
||
|
matching closing parens. That is why we have to have a loop. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
for (;;)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
rc = find_parens_sub(&ptr, cd, name, lorn, xmode, &count);
|
||
|
if (rc > 0 || *ptr++ == 0) break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
return rc;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*************************************************
|
||
|
* Find first significant op code *
|
||
|
*************************************************/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* This is called by several functions that scan a compiled expression looking
|
||
|
for a fixed first character, or an anchoring op code etc. It skips over things
|
||
|
that do not influence this. For some calls, a change of option is important.
|
||
|
For some calls, it makes sense to skip negative forward and all backward
|
||
|
assertions, and also the \b assertion; for others it does not.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Arguments:
|
||
|
code pointer to the start of the group
|
||
|
options pointer to external options
|
||
|
optbit the option bit whose changing is significant, or
|
||
|
zero if none are
|
||
|
skipassert TRUE if certain assertions are to be skipped
|
||
|
|
||
|
Returns: pointer to the first significant opcode
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static const uschar*
|
||
|
first_significant_code(const uschar *code, int *options, int optbit,
|
||
|
BOOL skipassert)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
for (;;)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
switch ((int)*code)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
case OP_OPT:
|
||
|
if (optbit > 0 && ((int)code[1] & optbit) != (*options & optbit))
|
||
|
*options = (int)code[1];
|
||
|
code += 2;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
|
||
|
case OP_ASSERTBACK:
|
||
|
case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
|
||
|
if (!skipassert) return code;
|
||
|
do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
|
||
|
code += _pcre_OP_lengths[*code];
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY:
|
||
|
case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY:
|
||
|
if (!skipassert) return code;
|
||
|
/* Fall through */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_CALLOUT:
|
||
|
case OP_CREF:
|
||
|
case OP_NCREF:
|
||
|
case OP_RREF:
|
||
|
case OP_NRREF:
|
||
|
case OP_DEF:
|
||
|
code += _pcre_OP_lengths[*code];
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
default:
|
||
|
return code;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
/* Control never reaches here */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*************************************************
|
||
|
* Find the fixed length of a branch *
|
||
|
*************************************************/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Scan a branch and compute the fixed length of subject that will match it,
|
||
|
if the length is fixed. This is needed for dealing with backward assertions.
|
||
|
In UTF8 mode, the result is in characters rather than bytes. The branch is
|
||
|
temporarily terminated with OP_END when this function is called.
|
||
|
|
||
|
This function is called when a backward assertion is encountered, so that if it
|
||
|
fails, the error message can point to the correct place in the pattern.
|
||
|
However, we cannot do this when the assertion contains subroutine calls,
|
||
|
because they can be forward references. We solve this by remembering this case
|
||
|
and doing the check at the end; a flag specifies which mode we are running in.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Arguments:
|
||
|
code points to the start of the pattern (the bracket)
|
||
|
options the compiling options
|
||
|
atend TRUE if called when the pattern is complete
|
||
|
cd the "compile data" structure
|
||
|
|
||
|
Returns: the fixed length,
|
||
|
or -1 if there is no fixed length,
|
||
|
or -2 if \C was encountered
|
||
|
or -3 if an OP_RECURSE item was encountered and atend is FALSE
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int
|
||
|
find_fixedlength(uschar *code, int options, BOOL atend, compile_data *cd)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int length = -1;
|
||
|
|
||
|
register int branchlength = 0;
|
||
|
register uschar *cc = code + 1 + LINK_SIZE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Scan along the opcodes for this branch. If we get to the end of the
|
||
|
branch, check the length against that of the other branches. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
for (;;)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int d;
|
||
|
uschar *ce, *cs;
|
||
|
register int op = *cc;
|
||
|
switch (op)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
case OP_CBRA:
|
||
|
case OP_BRA:
|
||
|
case OP_ONCE:
|
||
|
case OP_COND:
|
||
|
d = find_fixedlength(cc + ((op == OP_CBRA)? 2:0), options, atend, cd);
|
||
|
if (d < 0) return d;
|
||
|
branchlength += d;
|
||
|
do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT);
|
||
|
cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Reached end of a branch; if it's a ket it is the end of a nested
|
||
|
call. If it's ALT it is an alternation in a nested call. If it is
|
||
|
END it's the end of the outer call. All can be handled by the same code. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_ALT:
|
||
|
case OP_KET:
|
||
|
case OP_KETRMAX:
|
||
|
case OP_KETRMIN:
|
||
|
case OP_END:
|
||
|
if (length < 0) length = branchlength;
|
||
|
else if (length != branchlength) return -1;
|
||
|
if (*cc != OP_ALT) return length;
|
||
|
cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
|
||
|
branchlength = 0;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* A true recursion implies not fixed length, but a subroutine call may
|
||
|
be OK. If the subroutine is a forward reference, we can't deal with
|
||
|
it until the end of the pattern, so return -3. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_RECURSE:
|
||
|
if (!atend) return -3;
|
||
|
cs = ce = (uschar *)cd->start_code + GET(cc, 1); /* Start subpattern */
|
||
|
do ce += GET(ce, 1); while (*ce == OP_ALT); /* End subpattern */
|
||
|
if (cc > cs && cc < ce) return -1; /* Recursion */
|
||
|
d = find_fixedlength(cs + 2, options, atend, cd);
|
||
|
if (d < 0) return d;
|
||
|
branchlength += d;
|
||
|
cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Skip over assertive subpatterns */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_ASSERT:
|
||
|
case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
|
||
|
case OP_ASSERTBACK:
|
||
|
case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
|
||
|
do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT);
|
||
|
/* Fall through */
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Skip over things that don't match chars */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_REVERSE:
|
||
|
case OP_CREF:
|
||
|
case OP_NCREF:
|
||
|
case OP_RREF:
|
||
|
case OP_NRREF:
|
||
|
case OP_DEF:
|
||
|
case OP_OPT:
|
||
|
case OP_CALLOUT:
|
||
|
case OP_SOD:
|
||
|
case OP_SOM:
|
||
|
case OP_SET_SOM:
|
||
|
case OP_EOD:
|
||
|
case OP_EODN:
|
||
|
case OP_CIRC:
|
||
|
case OP_DOLL:
|
||
|
case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY:
|
||
|
case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY:
|
||
|
cc += _pcre_OP_lengths[*cc];
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Handle literal characters */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_CHAR:
|
||
|
case OP_CHARNC:
|
||
|
case OP_NOT:
|
||
|
branchlength++;
|
||
|
cc += 2;
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0 && cc[-1] >= 0xc0)
|
||
|
cc += _pcre_utf8_table4[cc[-1] & 0x3f];
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Handle exact repetitions. The count is already in characters, but we
|
||
|
need to skip over a multibyte character in UTF8 mode. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_EXACT:
|
||
|
branchlength += GET2(cc,1);
|
||
|
cc += 4;
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0 && cc[-1] >= 0xc0)
|
||
|
cc += _pcre_utf8_table4[cc[-1] & 0x3f];
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEEXACT:
|
||
|
branchlength += GET2(cc,1);
|
||
|
if (cc[3] == OP_PROP || cc[3] == OP_NOTPROP) cc += 2;
|
||
|
cc += 4;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Handle single-char matchers */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_PROP:
|
||
|
case OP_NOTPROP:
|
||
|
cc += 2;
|
||
|
/* Fall through */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
|
||
|
case OP_DIGIT:
|
||
|
case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
|
||
|
case OP_WHITESPACE:
|
||
|
case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
|
||
|
case OP_WORDCHAR:
|
||
|
case OP_ANY:
|
||
|
case OP_ALLANY:
|
||
|
branchlength++;
|
||
|
cc++;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* The single-byte matcher isn't allowed */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_ANYBYTE:
|
||
|
return -2;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Check a class for variable quantification */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
case OP_XCLASS:
|
||
|
cc += GET(cc, 1) - 33;
|
||
|
/* Fall through */
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_CLASS:
|
||
|
case OP_NCLASS:
|
||
|
cc += 33;
|
||
|
|
||
|
switch (*cc)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
case OP_CRSTAR:
|
||
|
case OP_CRMINSTAR:
|
||
|
case OP_CRQUERY:
|
||
|
case OP_CRMINQUERY:
|
||
|
return -1;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_CRRANGE:
|
||
|
case OP_CRMINRANGE:
|
||
|
if (GET2(cc,1) != GET2(cc,3)) return -1;
|
||
|
branchlength += GET2(cc,1);
|
||
|
cc += 5;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
default:
|
||
|
branchlength++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Anything else is variable length */
|
||
|
|
||
|
default:
|
||
|
return -1;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
/* Control never gets here */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*************************************************
|
||
|
* Scan compiled regex for specific bracket *
|
||
|
*************************************************/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds a
|
||
|
capturing bracket with the given number, or, if the number is negative, an
|
||
|
instance of OP_REVERSE for a lookbehind. The function is global in the C sense
|
||
|
so that it can be called from pcre_study() when finding the minimum matching
|
||
|
length.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Arguments:
|
||
|
code points to start of expression
|
||
|
utf8 TRUE in UTF-8 mode
|
||
|
number the required bracket number or negative to find a lookbehind
|
||
|
|
||
|
Returns: pointer to the opcode for the bracket, or NULL if not found
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
const uschar *
|
||
|
_pcre_find_bracket(const uschar *code, BOOL utf8, int number)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
for (;;)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
register int c = *code;
|
||
|
if (c == OP_END) return NULL;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit
|
||
|
map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in
|
||
|
the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1);
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Handle recursion */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (c == OP_REVERSE)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (number < 0) return (uschar *)code;
|
||
|
code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c];
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Handle capturing bracket */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (c == OP_CBRA)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int n = GET2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE);
|
||
|
if (n == number) return (uschar *)code;
|
||
|
code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c];
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for
|
||
|
repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra
|
||
|
two bytes of parameters, and for MARK/PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument, we
|
||
|
must add in its length. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
switch(c)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
case OP_TYPESTAR:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEPLUS:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEQUERY:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
|
||
|
if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEUPTO:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEEXACT:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
|
||
|
if (code[3] == OP_PROP || code[3] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_MARK:
|
||
|
case OP_PRUNE_ARG:
|
||
|
case OP_SKIP_ARG:
|
||
|
case OP_THEN_ARG:
|
||
|
code += code[1];
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Add in the fixed length from the table */
|
||
|
|
||
|
code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c];
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed by
|
||
|
a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have to
|
||
|
arrange to skip the extra bytes. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
if (utf8) switch(c)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
case OP_CHAR:
|
||
|
case OP_CHARNC:
|
||
|
case OP_EXACT:
|
||
|
case OP_UPTO:
|
||
|
case OP_MINUPTO:
|
||
|
case OP_POSUPTO:
|
||
|
case OP_STAR:
|
||
|
case OP_MINSTAR:
|
||
|
case OP_POSSTAR:
|
||
|
case OP_PLUS:
|
||
|
case OP_MINPLUS:
|
||
|
case OP_POSPLUS:
|
||
|
case OP_QUERY:
|
||
|
case OP_MINQUERY:
|
||
|
case OP_POSQUERY:
|
||
|
if (code[-1] >= 0xc0) code += _pcre_utf8_table4[code[-1] & 0x3f];
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
#else
|
||
|
(void)(utf8); /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*************************************************
|
||
|
* Scan compiled regex for recursion reference *
|
||
|
*************************************************/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds an
|
||
|
instance of OP_RECURSE.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Arguments:
|
||
|
code points to start of expression
|
||
|
utf8 TRUE in UTF-8 mode
|
||
|
|
||
|
Returns: pointer to the opcode for OP_RECURSE, or NULL if not found
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static const uschar *
|
||
|
find_recurse(const uschar *code, BOOL utf8)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
for (;;)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
register int c = *code;
|
||
|
if (c == OP_END) return NULL;
|
||
|
if (c == OP_RECURSE) return code;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit
|
||
|
map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in
|
||
|
the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1);
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for
|
||
|
repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra
|
||
|
two bytes of parameters, and for MARK/PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument, we
|
||
|
must add in its length. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
switch(c)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
case OP_TYPESTAR:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEPLUS:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEQUERY:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
|
||
|
if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEUPTO:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEEXACT:
|
||
|
if (code[3] == OP_PROP || code[3] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_MARK:
|
||
|
case OP_PRUNE_ARG:
|
||
|
case OP_SKIP_ARG:
|
||
|
case OP_THEN_ARG:
|
||
|
code += code[1];
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Add in the fixed length from the table */
|
||
|
|
||
|
code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c];
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed
|
||
|
by a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have
|
||
|
to arrange to skip the extra bytes. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
if (utf8) switch(c)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
case OP_CHAR:
|
||
|
case OP_CHARNC:
|
||
|
case OP_EXACT:
|
||
|
case OP_UPTO:
|
||
|
case OP_MINUPTO:
|
||
|
case OP_POSUPTO:
|
||
|
case OP_STAR:
|
||
|
case OP_MINSTAR:
|
||
|
case OP_POSSTAR:
|
||
|
case OP_PLUS:
|
||
|
case OP_MINPLUS:
|
||
|
case OP_POSPLUS:
|
||
|
case OP_QUERY:
|
||
|
case OP_MINQUERY:
|
||
|
case OP_POSQUERY:
|
||
|
if (code[-1] >= 0xc0) code += _pcre_utf8_table4[code[-1] & 0x3f];
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
#else
|
||
|
(void)(utf8); /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*************************************************
|
||
|
* Scan compiled branch for non-emptiness *
|
||
|
*************************************************/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* This function scans through a branch of a compiled pattern to see whether it
|
||
|
can match the empty string or not. It is called from could_be_empty()
|
||
|
below and from compile_branch() when checking for an unlimited repeat of a
|
||
|
group that can match nothing. Note that first_significant_code() skips over
|
||
|
backward and negative forward assertions when its final argument is TRUE. If we
|
||
|
hit an unclosed bracket, we return "empty" - this means we've struck an inner
|
||
|
bracket whose current branch will already have been scanned.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Arguments:
|
||
|
code points to start of search
|
||
|
endcode points to where to stop
|
||
|
utf8 TRUE if in UTF8 mode
|
||
|
cd contains pointers to tables etc.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Returns: TRUE if what is matched could be empty
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static BOOL
|
||
|
could_be_empty_branch(const uschar *code, const uschar *endcode, BOOL utf8,
|
||
|
compile_data *cd)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
register int c;
|
||
|
for (code = first_significant_code(code + _pcre_OP_lengths[*code], NULL, 0, TRUE);
|
||
|
code < endcode;
|
||
|
code = first_significant_code(code + _pcre_OP_lengths[c], NULL, 0, TRUE))
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
const uschar *ccode;
|
||
|
|
||
|
c = *code;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Skip over forward assertions; the other assertions are skipped by
|
||
|
first_significant_code() with a TRUE final argument. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (c == OP_ASSERT)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
|
||
|
c = *code;
|
||
|
continue;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Groups with zero repeats can of course be empty; skip them. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (c == OP_BRAZERO || c == OP_BRAMINZERO || c == OP_SKIPZERO)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c];
|
||
|
do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
|
||
|
c = *code;
|
||
|
continue;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* For a recursion/subroutine call, if its end has been reached, which
|
||
|
implies a subroutine call, we can scan it. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (c == OP_RECURSE)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
BOOL empty_branch = FALSE;
|
||
|
const uschar *scode = cd->start_code + GET(code, 1);
|
||
|
if (GET(scode, 1) == 0) return TRUE; /* Unclosed */
|
||
|
do
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (could_be_empty_branch(scode, endcode, utf8, cd))
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
empty_branch = TRUE;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
scode += GET(scode, 1);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
while (*scode == OP_ALT);
|
||
|
if (!empty_branch) return FALSE; /* All branches are non-empty */
|
||
|
continue;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* For other groups, scan the branches. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (c == OP_BRA || c == OP_CBRA || c == OP_ONCE || c == OP_COND)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
BOOL empty_branch;
|
||
|
if (GET(code, 1) == 0) return TRUE; /* Hit unclosed bracket */
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If a conditional group has only one branch, there is a second, implied,
|
||
|
empty branch, so just skip over the conditional, because it could be empty.
|
||
|
Otherwise, scan the individual branches of the group. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (c == OP_COND && code[GET(code, 1)] != OP_ALT)
|
||
|
code += GET(code, 1);
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
empty_branch = FALSE;
|
||
|
do
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (!empty_branch && could_be_empty_branch(code, endcode, utf8, cd))
|
||
|
empty_branch = TRUE;
|
||
|
code += GET(code, 1);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
while (*code == OP_ALT);
|
||
|
if (!empty_branch) return FALSE; /* All branches are non-empty */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
c = *code;
|
||
|
continue;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Handle the other opcodes */
|
||
|
|
||
|
switch (c)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
/* Check for quantifiers after a class. XCLASS is used for classes that
|
||
|
cannot be represented just by a bit map. This includes negated single
|
||
|
high-valued characters. The length in _pcre_OP_lengths[] is zero; the
|
||
|
actual length is stored in the compiled code, so we must update "code"
|
||
|
here. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
case OP_XCLASS:
|
||
|
ccode = code += GET(code, 1);
|
||
|
goto CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT;
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_CLASS:
|
||
|
case OP_NCLASS:
|
||
|
ccode = code + 33;
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT:
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
|
||
|
switch (*ccode)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
case OP_CRSTAR: /* These could be empty; continue */
|
||
|
case OP_CRMINSTAR:
|
||
|
case OP_CRQUERY:
|
||
|
case OP_CRMINQUERY:
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
default: /* Non-repeat => class must match */
|
||
|
case OP_CRPLUS: /* These repeats aren't empty */
|
||
|
case OP_CRMINPLUS:
|
||
|
return FALSE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_CRRANGE:
|
||
|
case OP_CRMINRANGE:
|
||
|
if (GET2(ccode, 1) > 0) return FALSE; /* Minimum > 0 */
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Opcodes that must match a character */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_PROP:
|
||
|
case OP_NOTPROP:
|
||
|
case OP_EXTUNI:
|
||
|
case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
|
||
|
case OP_DIGIT:
|
||
|
case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
|
||
|
case OP_WHITESPACE:
|
||
|
case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
|
||
|
case OP_WORDCHAR:
|
||
|
case OP_ANY:
|
||
|
case OP_ALLANY:
|
||
|
case OP_ANYBYTE:
|
||
|
case OP_CHAR:
|
||
|
case OP_CHARNC:
|
||
|
case OP_NOT:
|
||
|
case OP_PLUS:
|
||
|
case OP_MINPLUS:
|
||
|
case OP_POSPLUS:
|
||
|
case OP_EXACT:
|
||
|
case OP_NOTPLUS:
|
||
|
case OP_NOTMINPLUS:
|
||
|
case OP_NOTPOSPLUS:
|
||
|
case OP_NOTEXACT:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEPLUS:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEEXACT:
|
||
|
return FALSE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* These are going to continue, as they may be empty, but we have to
|
||
|
fudge the length for the \p and \P cases. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_TYPESTAR:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEQUERY:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
|
||
|
if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Same for these */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEUPTO:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
|
||
|
if (code[3] == OP_PROP || code[3] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* End of branch */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_KET:
|
||
|
case OP_KETRMAX:
|
||
|
case OP_KETRMIN:
|
||
|
case OP_ALT:
|
||
|
return TRUE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* In UTF-8 mode, STAR, MINSTAR, POSSTAR, QUERY, MINQUERY, POSQUERY, UPTO,
|
||
|
MINUPTO, and POSUPTO may be followed by a multibyte character */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
case OP_STAR:
|
||
|
case OP_MINSTAR:
|
||
|
case OP_POSSTAR:
|
||
|
case OP_QUERY:
|
||
|
case OP_MINQUERY:
|
||
|
case OP_POSQUERY:
|
||
|
if (utf8 && code[1] >= 0xc0) code += _pcre_utf8_table4[code[1] & 0x3f];
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_UPTO:
|
||
|
case OP_MINUPTO:
|
||
|
case OP_POSUPTO:
|
||
|
if (utf8 && code[3] >= 0xc0) code += _pcre_utf8_table4[code[3] & 0x3f];
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* MARK, and PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument must skip over the argument
|
||
|
string. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_MARK:
|
||
|
case OP_PRUNE_ARG:
|
||
|
case OP_SKIP_ARG:
|
||
|
case OP_THEN_ARG:
|
||
|
code += code[1];
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* None of the remaining opcodes are required to match a character. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
default:
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
return TRUE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*************************************************
|
||
|
* Scan compiled regex for non-emptiness *
|
||
|
*************************************************/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* This function is called to check for left recursive calls. We want to check
|
||
|
the current branch of the current pattern to see if it could match the empty
|
||
|
string. If it could, we must look outwards for branches at other levels,
|
||
|
stopping when we pass beyond the bracket which is the subject of the recursion.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Arguments:
|
||
|
code points to start of the recursion
|
||
|
endcode points to where to stop (current RECURSE item)
|
||
|
bcptr points to the chain of current (unclosed) branch starts
|
||
|
utf8 TRUE if in UTF-8 mode
|
||
|
cd pointers to tables etc
|
||
|
|
||
|
Returns: TRUE if what is matched could be empty
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static BOOL
|
||
|
could_be_empty(const uschar *code, const uschar *endcode, branch_chain *bcptr,
|
||
|
BOOL utf8, compile_data *cd)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
while (bcptr != NULL && bcptr->current_branch >= code)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (!could_be_empty_branch(bcptr->current_branch, endcode, utf8, cd))
|
||
|
return FALSE;
|
||
|
bcptr = bcptr->outer;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return TRUE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*************************************************
|
||
|
* Check for POSIX class syntax *
|
||
|
*************************************************/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* This function is called when the sequence "[:" or "[." or "[=" is
|
||
|
encountered in a character class. It checks whether this is followed by a
|
||
|
sequence of characters terminated by a matching ":]" or ".]" or "=]". If we
|
||
|
reach an unescaped ']' without the special preceding character, return FALSE.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Originally, this function only recognized a sequence of letters between the
|
||
|
terminators, but it seems that Perl recognizes any sequence of characters,
|
||
|
though of course unknown POSIX names are subsequently rejected. Perl gives an
|
||
|
"Unknown POSIX class" error for [:f\oo:] for example, where previously PCRE
|
||
|
didn't consider this to be a POSIX class. Likewise for [:1234:].
|
||
|
|
||
|
The problem in trying to be exactly like Perl is in the handling of escapes. We
|
||
|
have to be sure that [abc[:x\]pqr] is *not* treated as containing a POSIX
|
||
|
class, but [abc[:x\]pqr:]] is (so that an error can be generated). The code
|
||
|
below handles the special case of \], but does not try to do any other escape
|
||
|
processing. This makes it different from Perl for cases such as [:l\ower:]
|
||
|
where Perl recognizes it as the POSIX class "lower" but PCRE does not recognize
|
||
|
"l\ower". This is a lesser evil that not diagnosing bad classes when Perl does,
|
||
|
I think.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Arguments:
|
||
|
ptr pointer to the initial [
|
||
|
endptr where to return the end pointer
|
||
|
|
||
|
Returns: TRUE or FALSE
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static BOOL
|
||
|
check_posix_syntax(const uschar *ptr, const uschar **endptr)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int terminator; /* Don't combine these lines; the Solaris cc */
|
||
|
terminator = *(++ptr); /* compiler warns about "non-constant" initializer. */
|
||
|
for (++ptr; *ptr != 0; ptr++)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) ptr++; else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) return FALSE;
|
||
|
if (*ptr == terminator && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*endptr = ptr;
|
||
|
return TRUE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return FALSE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*************************************************
|
||
|
* Check POSIX class name *
|
||
|
*************************************************/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* This function is called to check the name given in a POSIX-style class entry
|
||
|
such as [:alnum:].
|
||
|
|
||
|
Arguments:
|
||
|
ptr points to the first letter
|
||
|
len the length of the name
|
||
|
|
||
|
Returns: a value representing the name, or -1 if unknown
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int
|
||
|
check_posix_name(const uschar *ptr, int len)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
const char *pn = posix_names;
|
||
|
register int yield = 0;
|
||
|
while (posix_name_lengths[yield] != 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (len == posix_name_lengths[yield] &&
|
||
|
strncmp((const char *)ptr, pn, len) == 0) return yield;
|
||
|
pn += posix_name_lengths[yield] + 1;
|
||
|
yield++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return -1;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*************************************************
|
||
|
* Adjust OP_RECURSE items in repeated group *
|
||
|
*************************************************/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* OP_RECURSE items contain an offset from the start of the regex to the group
|
||
|
that is referenced. This means that groups can be replicated for fixed
|
||
|
repetition simply by copying (because the recursion is allowed to refer to
|
||
|
earlier groups that are outside the current group). However, when a group is
|
||
|
optional (i.e. the minimum quantifier is zero), OP_BRAZERO or OP_SKIPZERO is
|
||
|
inserted before it, after it has been compiled. This means that any OP_RECURSE
|
||
|
items within it that refer to the group itself or any contained groups have to
|
||
|
have their offsets adjusted. That one of the jobs of this function. Before it
|
||
|
is called, the partially compiled regex must be temporarily terminated with
|
||
|
OP_END.
|
||
|
|
||
|
This function has been extended with the possibility of forward references for
|
||
|
recursions and subroutine calls. It must also check the list of such references
|
||
|
for the group we are dealing with. If it finds that one of the recursions in
|
||
|
the current group is on this list, it adjusts the offset in the list, not the
|
||
|
value in the reference (which is a group number).
|
||
|
|
||
|
Arguments:
|
||
|
group points to the start of the group
|
||
|
adjust the amount by which the group is to be moved
|
||
|
utf8 TRUE in UTF-8 mode
|
||
|
cd contains pointers to tables etc.
|
||
|
save_hwm the hwm forward reference pointer at the start of the group
|
||
|
|
||
|
Returns: nothing
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static void
|
||
|
adjust_recurse(uschar *group, int adjust, BOOL utf8, compile_data *cd,
|
||
|
uschar *save_hwm)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
uschar *ptr = group;
|
||
|
|
||
|
while ((ptr = (uschar *)find_recurse(ptr, utf8)) != NULL)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int offset;
|
||
|
uschar *hc;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* See if this recursion is on the forward reference list. If so, adjust the
|
||
|
reference. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
for (hc = save_hwm; hc < cd->hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
offset = GET(hc, 0);
|
||
|
if (cd->start_code + offset == ptr + 1)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
PUT(hc, 0, offset + adjust);
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Otherwise, adjust the recursion offset if it's after the start of this
|
||
|
group. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (hc >= cd->hwm)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
offset = GET(ptr, 1);
|
||
|
if (cd->start_code + offset >= group) PUT(ptr, 1, offset + adjust);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
ptr += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*************************************************
|
||
|
* Insert an automatic callout point *
|
||
|
*************************************************/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* This function is called when the PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT option is set, to insert
|
||
|
callout points before each pattern item.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Arguments:
|
||
|
code current code pointer
|
||
|
ptr current pattern pointer
|
||
|
cd pointers to tables etc
|
||
|
|
||
|
Returns: new code pointer
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static uschar *
|
||
|
auto_callout(uschar *code, const uschar *ptr, compile_data *cd)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*code++ = OP_CALLOUT;
|
||
|
*code++ = 255;
|
||
|
PUT(code, 0, (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern)); /* Pattern offset */
|
||
|
PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0); /* Default length */
|
||
|
return code + 2*LINK_SIZE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*************************************************
|
||
|
* Complete a callout item *
|
||
|
*************************************************/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* A callout item contains the length of the next item in the pattern, which
|
||
|
we can't fill in till after we have reached the relevant point. This is used
|
||
|
for both automatic and manual callouts.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Arguments:
|
||
|
previous_callout points to previous callout item
|
||
|
ptr current pattern pointer
|
||
|
cd pointers to tables etc
|
||
|
|
||
|
Returns: nothing
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static void
|
||
|
complete_callout(uschar *previous_callout, const uschar *ptr, compile_data *cd)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int length = (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern - GET(previous_callout, 2));
|
||
|
PUT(previous_callout, 2 + LINK_SIZE, length);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
|
||
|
/*************************************************
|
||
|
* Get othercase range *
|
||
|
*************************************************/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* This function is passed the start and end of a class range, in UTF-8 mode
|
||
|
with UCP support. It searches up the characters, looking for internal ranges of
|
||
|
characters in the "other" case. Each call returns the next one, updating the
|
||
|
start address.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Arguments:
|
||
|
cptr points to starting character value; updated
|
||
|
d end value
|
||
|
ocptr where to put start of othercase range
|
||
|
odptr where to put end of othercase range
|
||
|
|
||
|
Yield: TRUE when range returned; FALSE when no more
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static BOOL
|
||
|
get_othercase_range(unsigned int *cptr, unsigned int d, unsigned int *ocptr,
|
||
|
unsigned int *odptr)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
unsigned int c, othercase, next;
|
||
|
|
||
|
for (c = *cptr; c <= d; c++)
|
||
|
{ if ((othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(c)) != c) break; }
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (c > d) return FALSE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
*ocptr = othercase;
|
||
|
next = othercase + 1;
|
||
|
|
||
|
for (++c; c <= d; c++)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (UCD_OTHERCASE(c) != next) break;
|
||
|
next++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
*odptr = next - 1;
|
||
|
*cptr = c;
|
||
|
|
||
|
return TRUE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*************************************************
|
||
|
* Check a character and a property *
|
||
|
*************************************************/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* This function is called by check_auto_possessive() when a property item
|
||
|
is adjacent to a fixed character.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Arguments:
|
||
|
c the character
|
||
|
ptype the property type
|
||
|
pdata the data for the type
|
||
|
negated TRUE if it's a negated property (\P or \p{^)
|
||
|
|
||
|
Returns: TRUE if auto-possessifying is OK
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static BOOL
|
||
|
check_char_prop(int c, int ptype, int pdata, BOOL negated)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
const ucd_record *prop = GET_UCD(c);
|
||
|
switch(ptype)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
case PT_LAMP:
|
||
|
return (prop->chartype == ucp_Lu ||
|
||
|
prop->chartype == ucp_Ll ||
|
||
|
prop->chartype == ucp_Lt) == negated;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case PT_GC:
|
||
|
return (pdata == _pcre_ucp_gentype[prop->chartype]) == negated;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case PT_PC:
|
||
|
return (pdata == prop->chartype) == negated;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case PT_SC:
|
||
|
return (pdata == prop->script) == negated;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* These are specials */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case PT_ALNUM:
|
||
|
return (_pcre_ucp_gentype[prop->chartype] == ucp_L ||
|
||
|
_pcre_ucp_gentype[prop->chartype] == ucp_N) == negated;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case PT_SPACE: /* Perl space */
|
||
|
return (_pcre_ucp_gentype[prop->chartype] == ucp_Z ||
|
||
|
c == CHAR_HT || c == CHAR_NL || c == CHAR_FF || c == CHAR_CR)
|
||
|
== negated;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case PT_PXSPACE: /* POSIX space */
|
||
|
return (_pcre_ucp_gentype[prop->chartype] == ucp_Z ||
|
||
|
c == CHAR_HT || c == CHAR_NL || c == CHAR_VT ||
|
||
|
c == CHAR_FF || c == CHAR_CR)
|
||
|
== negated;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case PT_WORD:
|
||
|
return (_pcre_ucp_gentype[prop->chartype] == ucp_L ||
|
||
|
_pcre_ucp_gentype[prop->chartype] == ucp_N ||
|
||
|
c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE) == negated;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return FALSE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*************************************************
|
||
|
* Check if auto-possessifying is possible *
|
||
|
*************************************************/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* This function is called for unlimited repeats of certain items, to see
|
||
|
whether the next thing could possibly match the repeated item. If not, it makes
|
||
|
sense to automatically possessify the repeated item.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Arguments:
|
||
|
previous pointer to the repeated opcode
|
||
|
utf8 TRUE in UTF-8 mode
|
||
|
ptr next character in pattern
|
||
|
options options bits
|
||
|
cd contains pointers to tables etc.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Returns: TRUE if possessifying is wanted
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static BOOL
|
||
|
check_auto_possessive(const uschar *previous, BOOL utf8, const uschar *ptr,
|
||
|
int options, compile_data *cd)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int c, next;
|
||
|
int op_code = *previous++;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Skip whitespace and comments in extended mode */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
for (;;)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_space) != 0) ptr++;
|
||
|
if (*ptr == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
while (*(++ptr) != 0)
|
||
|
if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen; break; }
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If the next item is one that we can handle, get its value. A non-negative
|
||
|
value is a character, a negative value is an escape value. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int temperrorcode = 0;
|
||
|
next = check_escape(&ptr, &temperrorcode, cd->bracount, options, FALSE);
|
||
|
if (temperrorcode != 0) return FALSE;
|
||
|
ptr++; /* Point after the escape sequence */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_meta) == 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
if (utf8) { GETCHARINC(next, ptr); } else
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
next = *ptr++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
else return FALSE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Skip whitespace and comments in extended mode */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
for (;;)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_space) != 0) ptr++;
|
||
|
if (*ptr == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
while (*(++ptr) != 0)
|
||
|
if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen; break; }
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If the next thing is itself optional, we have to give up. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (*ptr == CHAR_ASTERISK || *ptr == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK ||
|
||
|
strncmp((char *)ptr, STR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET STR_0 STR_COMMA, 3) == 0)
|
||
|
return FALSE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Now compare the next item with the previous opcode. First, handle cases when
|
||
|
the next item is a character. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (next >= 0) switch(op_code)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
case OP_CHAR:
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
GETCHARTEST(c, previous);
|
||
|
#else
|
||
|
c = *previous;
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
return c != next;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* For CHARNC (caseless character) we must check the other case. If we have
|
||
|
Unicode property support, we can use it to test the other case of
|
||
|
high-valued characters. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_CHARNC:
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
GETCHARTEST(c, previous);
|
||
|
#else
|
||
|
c = *previous;
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
if (c == next) return FALSE;
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
if (utf8)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
unsigned int othercase;
|
||
|
if (next < 128) othercase = cd->fcc[next]; else
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
|
||
|
othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE((unsigned int)next);
|
||
|
#else
|
||
|
othercase = NOTACHAR;
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
return (unsigned int)c != othercase;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
|
||
|
return (c != cd->fcc[next]); /* Non-UTF-8 mode */
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* For OP_NOT, its data is always a single-byte character. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_NOT:
|
||
|
if ((c = *previous) == next) return TRUE;
|
||
|
if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) == 0) return FALSE;
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
if (utf8)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
unsigned int othercase;
|
||
|
if (next < 128) othercase = cd->fcc[next]; else
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
|
||
|
othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(next);
|
||
|
#else
|
||
|
othercase = NOTACHAR;
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
return (unsigned int)c == othercase;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
|
||
|
return (c == cd->fcc[next]); /* Non-UTF-8 mode */
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Note that OP_DIGIT etc. are generated only when PCRE_UCP is *not* set.
|
||
|
When it is set, \d etc. are converted into OP_(NOT_)PROP codes. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_DIGIT:
|
||
|
return next > 127 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_digit) == 0;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
|
||
|
return next <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_digit) != 0;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_WHITESPACE:
|
||
|
return next > 127 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_space) == 0;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
|
||
|
return next <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_space) != 0;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_WORDCHAR:
|
||
|
return next > 127 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_word) == 0;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
|
||
|
return next <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_word) != 0;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_HSPACE:
|
||
|
case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
|
||
|
switch(next)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
case 0x09:
|
||
|
case 0x20:
|
||
|
case 0xa0:
|
||
|
case 0x1680:
|
||
|
case 0x180e:
|
||
|
case 0x2000:
|
||
|
case 0x2001:
|
||
|
case 0x2002:
|
||
|
case 0x2003:
|
||
|
case 0x2004:
|
||
|
case 0x2005:
|
||
|
case 0x2006:
|
||
|
case 0x2007:
|
||
|
case 0x2008:
|
||
|
case 0x2009:
|
||
|
case 0x200A:
|
||
|
case 0x202f:
|
||
|
case 0x205f:
|
||
|
case 0x3000:
|
||
|
return op_code == OP_NOT_HSPACE;
|
||
|
default:
|
||
|
return op_code != OP_NOT_HSPACE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_ANYNL:
|
||
|
case OP_VSPACE:
|
||
|
case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
|
||
|
switch(next)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
case 0x0a:
|
||
|
case 0x0b:
|
||
|
case 0x0c:
|
||
|
case 0x0d:
|
||
|
case 0x85:
|
||
|
case 0x2028:
|
||
|
case 0x2029:
|
||
|
return op_code == OP_NOT_VSPACE;
|
||
|
default:
|
||
|
return op_code != OP_NOT_VSPACE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
|
||
|
case OP_PROP:
|
||
|
return check_char_prop(next, previous[0], previous[1], FALSE);
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_NOTPROP:
|
||
|
return check_char_prop(next, previous[0], previous[1], TRUE);
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
|
||
|
default:
|
||
|
return FALSE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Handle the case when the next item is \d, \s, etc. Note that when PCRE_UCP
|
||
|
is set, \d turns into ESC_du rather than ESC_d, etc., so ESC_d etc. are
|
||
|
generated only when PCRE_UCP is *not* set, that is, when only ASCII
|
||
|
characteristics are recognized. Similarly, the opcodes OP_DIGIT etc. are
|
||
|
replaced by OP_PROP codes when PCRE_UCP is set. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
switch(op_code)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
case OP_CHAR:
|
||
|
case OP_CHARNC:
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
GETCHARTEST(c, previous);
|
||
|
#else
|
||
|
c = *previous;
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
switch(-next)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
case ESC_d:
|
||
|
return c > 127 || (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) == 0;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case ESC_D:
|
||
|
return c <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) != 0;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case ESC_s:
|
||
|
return c > 127 || (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) == 0;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case ESC_S:
|
||
|
return c <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case ESC_w:
|
||
|
return c > 127 || (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) == 0;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case ESC_W:
|
||
|
return c <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case ESC_h:
|
||
|
case ESC_H:
|
||
|
switch(c)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
case 0x09:
|
||
|
case 0x20:
|
||
|
case 0xa0:
|
||
|
case 0x1680:
|
||
|
case 0x180e:
|
||
|
case 0x2000:
|
||
|
case 0x2001:
|
||
|
case 0x2002:
|
||
|
case 0x2003:
|
||
|
case 0x2004:
|
||
|
case 0x2005:
|
||
|
case 0x2006:
|
||
|
case 0x2007:
|
||
|
case 0x2008:
|
||
|
case 0x2009:
|
||
|
case 0x200A:
|
||
|
case 0x202f:
|
||
|
case 0x205f:
|
||
|
case 0x3000:
|
||
|
return -next != ESC_h;
|
||
|
default:
|
||
|
return -next == ESC_h;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
case ESC_v:
|
||
|
case ESC_V:
|
||
|
switch(c)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
case 0x0a:
|
||
|
case 0x0b:
|
||
|
case 0x0c:
|
||
|
case 0x0d:
|
||
|
case 0x85:
|
||
|
case 0x2028:
|
||
|
case 0x2029:
|
||
|
return -next != ESC_v;
|
||
|
default:
|
||
|
return -next == ESC_v;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* When PCRE_UCP is set, these values get generated for \d etc. Find
|
||
|
their substitutions and process them. The result will always be either
|
||
|
-ESC_p or -ESC_P. Then fall through to process those values. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
|
||
|
case ESC_du:
|
||
|
case ESC_DU:
|
||
|
case ESC_wu:
|
||
|
case ESC_WU:
|
||
|
case ESC_su:
|
||
|
case ESC_SU:
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int temperrorcode = 0;
|
||
|
ptr = substitutes[-next - ESC_DU];
|
||
|
next = check_escape(&ptr, &temperrorcode, 0, options, FALSE);
|
||
|
if (temperrorcode != 0) return FALSE;
|
||
|
ptr++; /* For compatibility */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
/* Fall through */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case ESC_p:
|
||
|
case ESC_P:
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int ptype, pdata, errorcodeptr;
|
||
|
BOOL negated;
|
||
|
|
||
|
ptr--; /* Make ptr point at the p or P */
|
||
|
ptype = get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &pdata, &errorcodeptr);
|
||
|
if (ptype < 0) return FALSE;
|
||
|
ptr++; /* Point past the final curly ket */
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If the property item is optional, we have to give up. (When generated
|
||
|
from \d etc by PCRE_UCP, this test will have been applied much earlier,
|
||
|
to the original \d etc. At this point, ptr will point to a zero byte. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (*ptr == CHAR_ASTERISK || *ptr == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK ||
|
||
|
strncmp((char *)ptr, STR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET STR_0 STR_COMMA, 3) == 0)
|
||
|
return FALSE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Do the property check. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
return check_char_prop(c, ptype, pdata, (next == -ESC_P) != negated);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
|
||
|
default:
|
||
|
return FALSE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* In principle, support for Unicode properties should be integrated here as
|
||
|
well. It means re-organizing the above code so as to get hold of the property
|
||
|
values before switching on the op-code. However, I wonder how many patterns
|
||
|
combine ASCII \d etc with Unicode properties? (Note that if PCRE_UCP is set,
|
||
|
these op-codes are never generated.) */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_DIGIT:
|
||
|
return next == -ESC_D || next == -ESC_s || next == -ESC_W ||
|
||
|
next == -ESC_h || next == -ESC_v || next == -ESC_R;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
|
||
|
return next == -ESC_d;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_WHITESPACE:
|
||
|
return next == -ESC_S || next == -ESC_d || next == -ESC_w || next == -ESC_R;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
|
||
|
return next == -ESC_s || next == -ESC_h || next == -ESC_v;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_HSPACE:
|
||
|
return next == -ESC_S || next == -ESC_H || next == -ESC_d ||
|
||
|
next == -ESC_w || next == -ESC_v || next == -ESC_R;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
|
||
|
return next == -ESC_h;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Can't have \S in here because VT matches \S (Perl anomaly) */
|
||
|
case OP_ANYNL:
|
||
|
case OP_VSPACE:
|
||
|
return next == -ESC_V || next == -ESC_d || next == -ESC_w;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
|
||
|
return next == -ESC_v || next == -ESC_R;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_WORDCHAR:
|
||
|
return next == -ESC_W || next == -ESC_s || next == -ESC_h ||
|
||
|
next == -ESC_v || next == -ESC_R;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
|
||
|
return next == -ESC_w || next == -ESC_d;
|
||
|
|
||
|
default:
|
||
|
return FALSE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Control does not reach here */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*************************************************
|
||
|
* Compile one branch *
|
||
|
*************************************************/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Scan the pattern, compiling it into the a vector. If the options are
|
||
|
changed during the branch, the pointer is used to change the external options
|
||
|
bits. This function is used during the pre-compile phase when we are trying
|
||
|
to find out the amount of memory needed, as well as during the real compile
|
||
|
phase. The value of lengthptr distinguishes the two phases.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Arguments:
|
||
|
optionsptr pointer to the option bits
|
||
|
codeptr points to the pointer to the current code point
|
||
|
ptrptr points to the current pattern pointer
|
||
|
errorcodeptr points to error code variable
|
||
|
firstbyteptr set to initial literal character, or < 0 (REQ_UNSET, REQ_NONE)
|
||
|
reqbyteptr set to the last literal character required, else < 0
|
||
|
bcptr points to current branch chain
|
||
|
cd contains pointers to tables etc.
|
||
|
lengthptr NULL during the real compile phase
|
||
|
points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase
|
||
|
|
||
|
Returns: TRUE on success
|
||
|
FALSE, with *errorcodeptr set non-zero on error
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static BOOL
|
||
|
compile_branch(int *optionsptr, uschar **codeptr, const uschar **ptrptr,
|
||
|
int *errorcodeptr, int *firstbyteptr, int *reqbyteptr, branch_chain *bcptr,
|
||
|
compile_data *cd, int *lengthptr)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int repeat_type, op_type;
|
||
|
int repeat_min = 0, repeat_max = 0; /* To please picky compilers */
|
||
|
int bravalue = 0;
|
||
|
int greedy_default, greedy_non_default;
|
||
|
int firstbyte, reqbyte;
|
||
|
int zeroreqbyte, zerofirstbyte;
|
||
|
int req_caseopt, reqvary, tempreqvary;
|
||
|
int options = *optionsptr;
|
||
|
int after_manual_callout = 0;
|
||
|
int length_prevgroup = 0;
|
||
|
register int c;
|
||
|
register uschar *code = *codeptr;
|
||
|
uschar *last_code = code;
|
||
|
uschar *orig_code = code;
|
||
|
uschar *tempcode;
|
||
|
BOOL inescq = FALSE;
|
||
|
BOOL groupsetfirstbyte = FALSE;
|
||
|
const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr;
|
||
|
const uschar *tempptr;
|
||
|
const uschar *nestptr = NULL;
|
||
|
uschar *previous = NULL;
|
||
|
uschar *previous_callout = NULL;
|
||
|
uschar *save_hwm = NULL;
|
||
|
uschar classbits[32];
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
BOOL class_utf8;
|
||
|
BOOL utf8 = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
|
||
|
uschar *class_utf8data;
|
||
|
uschar *class_utf8data_base;
|
||
|
uschar utf8_char[6];
|
||
|
#else
|
||
|
BOOL utf8 = FALSE;
|
||
|
uschar *utf8_char = NULL;
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
|
||
|
if (lengthptr != NULL) DPRINTF((">> start branch\n"));
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Set up the default and non-default settings for greediness */
|
||
|
|
||
|
greedy_default = ((options & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0);
|
||
|
greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Initialize no first byte, no required byte. REQ_UNSET means "no char
|
||
|
matching encountered yet". It gets changed to REQ_NONE if we hit something that
|
||
|
matches a non-fixed char first char; reqbyte just remains unset if we never
|
||
|
find one.
|
||
|
|
||
|
When we hit a repeat whose minimum is zero, we may have to adjust these values
|
||
|
to take the zero repeat into account. This is implemented by setting them to
|
||
|
zerofirstbyte and zeroreqbyte when such a repeat is encountered. The individual
|
||
|
item types that can be repeated set these backoff variables appropriately. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
firstbyte = reqbyte = zerofirstbyte = zeroreqbyte = REQ_UNSET;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* The variable req_caseopt contains either the REQ_CASELESS value or zero,
|
||
|
according to the current setting of the caseless flag. REQ_CASELESS is a bit
|
||
|
value > 255. It is added into the firstbyte or reqbyte variables to record the
|
||
|
case status of the value. This is used only for ASCII characters. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
req_caseopt = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS : 0;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Switch on next character until the end of the branch */
|
||
|
|
||
|
for (;; ptr++)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
BOOL negate_class;
|
||
|
BOOL should_flip_negation;
|
||
|
BOOL possessive_quantifier;
|
||
|
BOOL is_quantifier;
|
||
|
BOOL is_recurse;
|
||
|
BOOL reset_bracount;
|
||
|
int class_charcount;
|
||
|
int class_lastchar;
|
||
|
int newoptions;
|
||
|
int recno;
|
||
|
int refsign;
|
||
|
int skipbytes;
|
||
|
int subreqbyte;
|
||
|
int subfirstbyte;
|
||
|
int terminator;
|
||
|
int mclength;
|
||
|
uschar mcbuffer[8];
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Get next byte in the pattern */
|
||
|
|
||
|
c = *ptr;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If we are at the end of a nested substitution, revert to the outer level
|
||
|
string. Nesting only happens one level deep. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (c == 0 && nestptr != NULL)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
ptr = nestptr;
|
||
|
nestptr = NULL;
|
||
|
c = *ptr;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If we are in the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length used for the
|
||
|
previous cycle of this loop. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (lengthptr != NULL)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
#ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
|
||
|
if (code > cd->hwm) cd->hwm = code; /* High water info */
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
if (code > cd->start_workspace + WORK_SIZE_CHECK) /* Check for overrun */
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR52;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* There is at least one situation where code goes backwards: this is the
|
||
|
case of a zero quantifier after a class (e.g. [ab]{0}). At compile time,
|
||
|
the class is simply eliminated. However, it is created first, so we have to
|
||
|
allow memory for it. Therefore, don't ever reduce the length at this point.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (code < last_code) code = last_code;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Paranoid check for integer overflow */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR20;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
*lengthptr += (int)(code - last_code);
|
||
|
DPRINTF(("length=%d added %d c=%c\n", *lengthptr, code - last_code, c));
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If "previous" is set and it is not at the start of the work space, move
|
||
|
it back to there, in order to avoid filling up the work space. Otherwise,
|
||
|
if "previous" is NULL, reset the current code pointer to the start. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (previous != NULL)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (previous > orig_code)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
memmove(orig_code, previous, code - previous);
|
||
|
code -= previous - orig_code;
|
||
|
previous = orig_code;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else code = orig_code;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Remember where this code item starts so we can pick up the length
|
||
|
next time round. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
last_code = code;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* In the real compile phase, just check the workspace used by the forward
|
||
|
reference list. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + WORK_SIZE_CHECK)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR52;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If in \Q...\E, check for the end; if not, we have a literal */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (inescq && c != 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
inescq = FALSE;
|
||
|
ptr++;
|
||
|
continue;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (previous_callout != NULL)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */
|
||
|
complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd);
|
||
|
previous_callout = NULL;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
previous_callout = code;
|
||
|
code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
goto NORMAL_CHAR;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Fill in length of a previous callout, except when the next thing is
|
||
|
a quantifier. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
is_quantifier =
|
||
|
c == CHAR_ASTERISK || c == CHAR_PLUS || c == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK ||
|
||
|
(c == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET && is_counted_repeat(ptr+1));
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (!is_quantifier && previous_callout != NULL &&
|
||
|
after_manual_callout-- <= 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */
|
||
|
complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd);
|
||
|
previous_callout = NULL;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* In extended mode, skip white space and comments */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if ((cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) continue;
|
||
|
if (c == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
while (*(++ptr) != 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen - 1; break; }
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (*ptr != 0) continue;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Else fall through to handle end of string */
|
||
|
c = 0;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* No auto callout for quantifiers. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0 && !is_quantifier)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
previous_callout = code;
|
||
|
code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
switch(c)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
/* ===================================================================*/
|
||
|
case 0: /* The branch terminates at string end */
|
||
|
case CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE: /* or | or ) */
|
||
|
case CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS:
|
||
|
*firstbyteptr = firstbyte;
|
||
|
*reqbyteptr = reqbyte;
|
||
|
*codeptr = code;
|
||
|
*ptrptr = ptr;
|
||
|
if (lengthptr != NULL)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR20;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
*lengthptr += (int)(code - last_code); /* To include callout length */
|
||
|
DPRINTF((">> end branch\n"));
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return TRUE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* ===================================================================*/
|
||
|
/* Handle single-character metacharacters. In multiline mode, ^ disables
|
||
|
the setting of any following char as a first character. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT:
|
||
|
if ((options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
previous = NULL;
|
||
|
*code++ = OP_CIRC;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN:
|
||
|
previous = NULL;
|
||
|
*code++ = OP_DOLL;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* There can never be a first char if '.' is first, whatever happens about
|
||
|
repeats. The value of reqbyte doesn't change either. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case CHAR_DOT:
|
||
|
if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
|
||
|
zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
|
||
|
zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
|
||
|
previous = code;
|
||
|
*code++ = ((options & PCRE_DOTALL) != 0)? OP_ALLANY: OP_ANY;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* ===================================================================*/
|
||
|
/* Character classes. If the included characters are all < 256, we build a
|
||
|
32-byte bitmap of the permitted characters, except in the special case
|
||
|
where there is only one such character. For negated classes, we build the
|
||
|
map as usual, then invert it at the end. However, we use a different opcode
|
||
|
so that data characters > 255 can be handled correctly.
|
||
|
|
||
|
If the class contains characters outside the 0-255 range, a different
|
||
|
opcode is compiled. It may optionally have a bit map for characters < 256,
|
||
|
but those above are are explicitly listed afterwards. A flag byte tells
|
||
|
whether the bitmap is present, and whether this is a negated class or not.
|
||
|
|
||
|
In JavaScript compatibility mode, an isolated ']' causes an error. In
|
||
|
default (Perl) mode, it is treated as a data character. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET:
|
||
|
if ((cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR64;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
goto NORMAL_CHAR;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET:
|
||
|
previous = code;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* PCRE supports POSIX class stuff inside a class. Perl gives an error if
|
||
|
they are encountered at the top level, so we'll do that too. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if ((ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT ||
|
||
|
ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) &&
|
||
|
check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr))
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON)? ERR13 : ERR31;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If the first character is '^', set the negation flag and skip it. Also,
|
||
|
if the first few characters (either before or after ^) are \Q\E or \E we
|
||
|
skip them too. This makes for compatibility with Perl. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
negate_class = FALSE;
|
||
|
for (;;)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
c = *(++ptr);
|
||
|
if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (ptr[1] == CHAR_E)
|
||
|
ptr++;
|
||
|
else if (strncmp((const char *)ptr+1,
|
||
|
STR_Q STR_BACKSLASH STR_E, 3) == 0)
|
||
|
ptr += 3;
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else if (!negate_class && c == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
|
||
|
negate_class = TRUE;
|
||
|
else break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Empty classes are allowed in JavaScript compatibility mode. Otherwise,
|
||
|
an initial ']' is taken as a data character -- the code below handles
|
||
|
that. In JS mode, [] must always fail, so generate OP_FAIL, whereas
|
||
|
[^] must match any character, so generate OP_ALLANY. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET &&
|
||
|
(cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*code++ = negate_class? OP_ALLANY : OP_FAIL;
|
||
|
if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
|
||
|
zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If a class contains a negative special such as \S, we need to flip the
|
||
|
negation flag at the end, so that support for characters > 255 works
|
||
|
correctly (they are all included in the class). */
|
||
|
|
||
|
should_flip_negation = FALSE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Keep a count of chars with values < 256 so that we can optimize the case
|
||
|
of just a single character (as long as it's < 256). However, For higher
|
||
|
valued UTF-8 characters, we don't yet do any optimization. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
class_charcount = 0;
|
||
|
class_lastchar = -1;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Initialize the 32-char bit map to all zeros. We build the map in a
|
||
|
temporary bit of memory, in case the class contains only 1 character (less
|
||
|
than 256), because in that case the compiled code doesn't use the bit map.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
memset(classbits, 0, 32 * sizeof(uschar));
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
class_utf8 = FALSE; /* No chars >= 256 */
|
||
|
class_utf8data = code + LINK_SIZE + 2; /* For UTF-8 items */
|
||
|
class_utf8data_base = class_utf8data; /* For resetting in pass 1 */
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Process characters until ] is reached. By writing this as a "do" it
|
||
|
means that an initial ] is taken as a data character. At the start of the
|
||
|
loop, c contains the first byte of the character. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (c != 0) do
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
const uschar *oldptr;
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
if (utf8 && c > 127)
|
||
|
{ /* Braces are required because the */
|
||
|
GETCHARLEN(c, ptr, ptr); /* macro generates multiple statements */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* In the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length of any UTF-8 extra
|
||
|
data and reset the pointer. This is so that very large classes that
|
||
|
contain a zillion UTF-8 characters no longer overwrite the work space
|
||
|
(which is on the stack). */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (lengthptr != NULL)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*lengthptr += class_utf8data - class_utf8data_base;
|
||
|
class_utf8data = class_utf8data_base;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Inside \Q...\E everything is literal except \E */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (inescq)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) /* If we are at \E */
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
inescq = FALSE; /* Reset literal state */
|
||
|
ptr++; /* Skip the 'E' */
|
||
|
continue; /* Carry on with next */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
goto CHECK_RANGE; /* Could be range if \E follows */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Handle POSIX class names. Perl allows a negation extension of the
|
||
|
form [:^name:]. A square bracket that doesn't match the syntax is
|
||
|
treated as a literal. We also recognize the POSIX constructions
|
||
|
[.ch.] and [=ch=] ("collating elements") and fault them, as Perl
|
||
|
5.6 and 5.8 do. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (c == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET &&
|
||
|
(ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT ||
|
||
|
ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) && check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr))
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
BOOL local_negate = FALSE;
|
||
|
int posix_class, taboffset, tabopt;
|
||
|
register const uschar *cbits = cd->cbits;
|
||
|
uschar pbits[32];
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (ptr[1] != CHAR_COLON)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR31;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
ptr += 2;
|
||
|
if (*ptr == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
local_negate = TRUE;
|
||
|
should_flip_negation = TRUE; /* Note negative special */
|
||
|
ptr++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
posix_class = check_posix_name(ptr, (int)(tempptr - ptr));
|
||
|
if (posix_class < 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR30;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If matching is caseless, upper and lower are converted to
|
||
|
alpha. This relies on the fact that the class table starts with
|
||
|
alpha, lower, upper as the first 3 entries. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && posix_class <= 2)
|
||
|
posix_class = 0;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* When PCRE_UCP is set, some of the POSIX classes are converted to
|
||
|
different escape sequences that use Unicode properties. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
|
||
|
if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int pc = posix_class + ((local_negate)? POSIX_SUBSIZE/2 : 0);
|
||
|
if (posix_substitutes[pc] != NULL)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
nestptr = tempptr + 1;
|
||
|
ptr = posix_substitutes[pc] - 1;
|
||
|
continue;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
/* In the non-UCP case, we build the bit map for the POSIX class in a
|
||
|
chunk of local store because we may be adding and subtracting from it,
|
||
|
and we don't want to subtract bits that may be in the main map already.
|
||
|
At the end we or the result into the bit map that is being built. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
posix_class *= 3;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Copy in the first table (always present) */
|
||
|
|
||
|
memcpy(pbits, cbits + posix_class_maps[posix_class],
|
||
|
32 * sizeof(uschar));
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If there is a second table, add or remove it as required. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
taboffset = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 1];
|
||
|
tabopt = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 2];
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (taboffset >= 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (tabopt >= 0)
|
||
|
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] |= cbits[c + taboffset];
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] &= ~cbits[c + taboffset];
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Not see if we need to remove any special characters. An option
|
||
|
value of 1 removes vertical space and 2 removes underscore. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (tabopt < 0) tabopt = -tabopt;
|
||
|
if (tabopt == 1) pbits[1] &= ~0x3c;
|
||
|
else if (tabopt == 2) pbits[11] &= 0x7f;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Add the POSIX table or its complement into the main table that is
|
||
|
being built and we are done. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (local_negate)
|
||
|
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~pbits[c];
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= pbits[c];
|
||
|
|
||
|
ptr = tempptr + 1;
|
||
|
class_charcount = 10; /* Set > 1; assumes more than 1 per class */
|
||
|
continue; /* End of POSIX syntax handling */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Backslash may introduce a single character, or it may introduce one
|
||
|
of the specials, which just set a flag. The sequence \b is a special
|
||
|
case. Inside a class (and only there) it is treated as backspace. We
|
||
|
assume that other escapes have more than one character in them, so set
|
||
|
class_charcount bigger than one. Unrecognized escapes fall through and
|
||
|
are either treated as literal characters (by default), or are faulted if
|
||
|
PCRE_EXTRA is set. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
c = check_escape(&ptr, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, TRUE);
|
||
|
if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (-c == ESC_b) c = CHAR_BS; /* \b is backspace in a class */
|
||
|
else if (-c == ESC_Q) /* Handle start of quoted string */
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
ptr += 2; /* avoid empty string */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else inescq = TRUE;
|
||
|
continue;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else if (-c == ESC_E) continue; /* Ignore orphan \E */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (c < 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
register const uschar *cbits = cd->cbits;
|
||
|
class_charcount += 2; /* Greater than 1 is what matters */
|
||
|
|
||
|
switch (-c)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
|
||
|
case ESC_du: /* These are the values given for \d etc */
|
||
|
case ESC_DU: /* when PCRE_UCP is set. We replace the */
|
||
|
case ESC_wu: /* escape sequence with an appropriate \p */
|
||
|
case ESC_WU: /* or \P to test Unicode properties instead */
|
||
|
case ESC_su: /* of the default ASCII testing. */
|
||
|
case ESC_SU:
|
||
|
nestptr = ptr;
|
||
|
ptr = substitutes[-c - ESC_DU] - 1; /* Just before substitute */
|
||
|
class_charcount -= 2; /* Undo! */
|
||
|
continue;
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
case ESC_d:
|
||
|
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_digit];
|
||
|
continue;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case ESC_D:
|
||
|
should_flip_negation = TRUE;
|
||
|
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_digit];
|
||
|
continue;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case ESC_w:
|
||
|
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_word];
|
||
|
continue;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case ESC_W:
|
||
|
should_flip_negation = TRUE;
|
||
|
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_word];
|
||
|
continue;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case ESC_s:
|
||
|
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_space];
|
||
|
classbits[1] &= ~0x08; /* Perl 5.004 onwards omits VT from \s */
|
||
|
continue;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case ESC_S:
|
||
|
should_flip_negation = TRUE;
|
||
|
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_space];
|
||
|
classbits[1] |= 0x08; /* Perl 5.004 onwards omits VT from \s */
|
||
|
continue;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case ESC_h:
|
||
|
SETBIT(classbits, 0x09); /* VT */
|
||
|
SETBIT(classbits, 0x20); /* SPACE */
|
||
|
SETBIT(classbits, 0xa0); /* NSBP */
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
if (utf8)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
class_utf8 = TRUE;
|
||
|
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x1680, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x180e, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2000, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x200A, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x202f, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x205f, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x3000, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
continue;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case ESC_H:
|
||
|
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int x = 0xff;
|
||
|
switch (c)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
case 0x09/8: x ^= 1 << (0x09%8); break;
|
||
|
case 0x20/8: x ^= 1 << (0x20%8); break;
|
||
|
case 0xa0/8: x ^= 1 << (0xa0%8); break;
|
||
|
default: break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
classbits[c] |= x;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
if (utf8)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
class_utf8 = TRUE;
|
||
|
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x0100, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x167f, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x1681, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x180d, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x180f, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x1fff, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x200B, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x202e, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2030, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x205e, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2060, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2fff, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x3001, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x7fffffff, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
continue;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case ESC_v:
|
||
|
SETBIT(classbits, 0x0a); /* LF */
|
||
|
SETBIT(classbits, 0x0b); /* VT */
|
||
|
SETBIT(classbits, 0x0c); /* FF */
|
||
|
SETBIT(classbits, 0x0d); /* CR */
|
||
|
SETBIT(classbits, 0x85); /* NEL */
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
if (utf8)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
class_utf8 = TRUE;
|
||
|
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2028, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2029, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
continue;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case ESC_V:
|
||
|
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int x = 0xff;
|
||
|
switch (c)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
case 0x0a/8: x ^= 1 << (0x0a%8);
|
||
|
x ^= 1 << (0x0b%8);
|
||
|
x ^= 1 << (0x0c%8);
|
||
|
x ^= 1 << (0x0d%8);
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
case 0x85/8: x ^= 1 << (0x85%8); break;
|
||
|
default: break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
classbits[c] |= x;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
if (utf8)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
class_utf8 = TRUE;
|
||
|
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x0100, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2027, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2029, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x7fffffff, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
continue;
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
|
||
|
case ESC_p:
|
||
|
case ESC_P:
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
BOOL negated;
|
||
|
int pdata;
|
||
|
int ptype = get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &pdata, errorcodeptr);
|
||
|
if (ptype < 0) goto FAILED;
|
||
|
class_utf8 = TRUE;
|
||
|
*class_utf8data++ = ((-c == ESC_p) != negated)?
|
||
|
XCL_PROP : XCL_NOTPROP;
|
||
|
*class_utf8data++ = ptype;
|
||
|
*class_utf8data++ = pdata;
|
||
|
class_charcount -= 2; /* Not a < 256 character */
|
||
|
continue;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
/* Unrecognized escapes are faulted if PCRE is running in its
|
||
|
strict mode. By default, for compatibility with Perl, they are
|
||
|
treated as literals. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
default:
|
||
|
if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR7;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
class_charcount -= 2; /* Undo the default count from above */
|
||
|
c = *ptr; /* Get the final character and fall through */
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Fall through if we have a single character (c >= 0). This may be
|
||
|
greater than 256 in UTF-8 mode. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
} /* End of backslash handling */
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* A single character may be followed by '-' to form a range. However,
|
||
|
Perl does not permit ']' to be the end of the range. A '-' character
|
||
|
at the end is treated as a literal. Perl ignores orphaned \E sequences
|
||
|
entirely. The code for handling \Q and \E is messy. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
CHECK_RANGE:
|
||
|
while (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
inescq = FALSE;
|
||
|
ptr += 2;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
oldptr = ptr;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Remember \r or \n */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (c == CHAR_CR || c == CHAR_NL) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Check for range */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (!inescq && ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int d;
|
||
|
ptr += 2;
|
||
|
while (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) ptr += 2;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If we hit \Q (not followed by \E) at this point, go into escaped
|
||
|
mode. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
while (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_Q)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
ptr += 2;
|
||
|
if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E)
|
||
|
{ ptr += 2; continue; }
|
||
|
inescq = TRUE;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (*ptr == 0 || (!inescq && *ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET))
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
ptr = oldptr;
|
||
|
goto LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
if (utf8)
|
||
|
{ /* Braces are required because the */
|
||
|
GETCHARLEN(d, ptr, ptr); /* macro generates multiple statements */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
d = *ptr; /* Not UTF-8 mode */
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* The second part of a range can be a single-character escape, but
|
||
|
not any of the other escapes. Perl 5.6 treats a hyphen as a literal
|
||
|
in such circumstances. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (!inescq && d == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
d = check_escape(&ptr, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, TRUE);
|
||
|
if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* \b is backspace; any other special means the '-' was literal */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (d < 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (d == -ESC_b) d = CHAR_BS; else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
ptr = oldptr;
|
||
|
goto LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER; /* A few lines below */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Check that the two values are in the correct order. Optimize
|
||
|
one-character ranges */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (d < c)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR8;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (d == c) goto LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER; /* A few lines below */
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Remember \r or \n */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (d == CHAR_CR || d == CHAR_NL) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* In UTF-8 mode, if the upper limit is > 255, or > 127 for caseless
|
||
|
matching, we have to use an XCLASS with extra data items. Caseless
|
||
|
matching for characters > 127 is available only if UCP support is
|
||
|
available. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
if (utf8 && (d > 255 || ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && d > 127)))
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
class_utf8 = TRUE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* With UCP support, we can find the other case equivalents of
|
||
|
the relevant characters. There may be several ranges. Optimize how
|
||
|
they fit with the basic range. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
|
||
|
if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
unsigned int occ, ocd;
|
||
|
unsigned int cc = c;
|
||
|
unsigned int origd = d;
|
||
|
while (get_othercase_range(&cc, origd, &occ, &ocd))
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (occ >= (unsigned int)c &&
|
||
|
ocd <= (unsigned int)d)
|
||
|
continue; /* Skip embedded ranges */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (occ < (unsigned int)c &&
|
||
|
ocd >= (unsigned int)c - 1) /* Extend the basic range */
|
||
|
{ /* if there is overlap, */
|
||
|
c = occ; /* noting that if occ < c */
|
||
|
continue; /* we can't have ocd > d */
|
||
|
} /* because a subrange is */
|
||
|
if (ocd > (unsigned int)d &&
|
||
|
occ <= (unsigned int)d + 1) /* always shorter than */
|
||
|
{ /* the basic range. */
|
||
|
d = ocd;
|
||
|
continue;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (occ == ocd)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(occ, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(ocd, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Now record the original range, possibly modified for UCP caseless
|
||
|
overlapping ranges. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(c, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(d, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* With UCP support, we are done. Without UCP support, there is no
|
||
|
caseless matching for UTF-8 characters > 127; we can use the bit map
|
||
|
for the smaller ones. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
|
||
|
continue; /* With next character in the class */
|
||
|
#else
|
||
|
if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) == 0 || c > 127) continue;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Adjust upper limit and fall through to set up the map */
|
||
|
|
||
|
d = 127;
|
||
|
|
||
|
#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* We use the bit map for all cases when not in UTF-8 mode; else
|
||
|
ranges that lie entirely within 0-127 when there is UCP support; else
|
||
|
for partial ranges without UCP support. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
class_charcount += d - c + 1;
|
||
|
class_lastchar = d;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* We can save a bit of time by skipping this in the pre-compile. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (lengthptr == NULL) for (; c <= d; c++)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
classbits[c/8] |= (1 << (c&7));
|
||
|
if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int uc = cd->fcc[c]; /* flip case */
|
||
|
classbits[uc/8] |= (1 << (uc&7));
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
continue; /* Go get the next char in the class */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Handle a lone single character - we can get here for a normal
|
||
|
non-escape char, or after \ that introduces a single character or for an
|
||
|
apparent range that isn't. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER:
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Handle a character that cannot go in the bit map */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
if (utf8 && (c > 255 || ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && c > 127)))
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
class_utf8 = TRUE;
|
||
|
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(c, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
|
||
|
if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
unsigned int othercase;
|
||
|
if ((othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(c)) != c)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
|
||
|
class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(othercase, class_utf8data);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
|
||
|
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Handle a single-byte character */
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
classbits[c/8] |= (1 << (c&7));
|
||
|
if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
c = cd->fcc[c]; /* flip case */
|
||
|
classbits[c/8] |= (1 << (c&7));
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
class_charcount++;
|
||
|
class_lastchar = c;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Loop until ']' reached. This "while" is the end of the "do" far above.
|
||
|
If we are at the end of an internal nested string, revert to the outer
|
||
|
string. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
while (((c = *(++ptr)) != 0 ||
|
||
|
(nestptr != NULL &&
|
||
|
(ptr = nestptr, nestptr = NULL, c = *(++ptr)) != 0)) &&
|
||
|
(c != CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET || inescq));
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Check for missing terminating ']' */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (c == 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR6;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If class_charcount is 1, we saw precisely one character whose value is
|
||
|
less than 256. As long as there were no characters >= 128 and there was no
|
||
|
use of \p or \P, in other words, no use of any XCLASS features, we can
|
||
|
optimize.
|
||
|
|
||
|
In UTF-8 mode, we can optimize the negative case only if there were no
|
||
|
characters >= 128 because OP_NOT and the related opcodes like OP_NOTSTAR
|
||
|
operate on single-bytes only. This is an historical hangover. Maybe one day
|
||
|
we can tidy these opcodes to handle multi-byte characters.
|
||
|
|
||
|
The optimization throws away the bit map. We turn the item into a
|
||
|
1-character OP_CHAR[NC] if it's positive, or OP_NOT if it's negative. Note
|
||
|
that OP_NOT does not support multibyte characters. In the positive case, it
|
||
|
can cause firstbyte to be set. Otherwise, there can be no first char if
|
||
|
this item is first, whatever repeat count may follow. In the case of
|
||
|
reqbyte, save the previous value for reinstating. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
if (class_charcount == 1 && !class_utf8 &&
|
||
|
(!utf8 || !negate_class || class_lastchar < 128))
|
||
|
#else
|
||
|
if (class_charcount == 1)
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* The OP_NOT opcode works on one-byte characters only. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (negate_class)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
|
||
|
zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
|
||
|
*code++ = OP_NOT;
|
||
|
*code++ = class_lastchar;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* For a single, positive character, get the value into mcbuffer, and
|
||
|
then we can handle this with the normal one-character code. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
if (utf8 && class_lastchar > 127)
|
||
|
mclength = _pcre_ord2utf8(class_lastchar, mcbuffer);
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
mcbuffer[0] = class_lastchar;
|
||
|
mclength = 1;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
goto ONE_CHAR;
|
||
|
} /* End of 1-char optimization */
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* The general case - not the one-char optimization. If this is the first
|
||
|
thing in the branch, there can be no first char setting, whatever the
|
||
|
repeat count. Any reqbyte setting must remain unchanged after any kind of
|
||
|
repeat. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
|
||
|
zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
|
||
|
zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If there are characters with values > 255, we have to compile an
|
||
|
extended class, with its own opcode, unless there was a negated special
|
||
|
such as \S in the class, and PCRE_UCP is not set, because in that case all
|
||
|
characters > 255 are in the class, so any that were explicitly given as
|
||
|
well can be ignored. If (when there are explicit characters > 255 that must
|
||
|
be listed) there are no characters < 256, we can omit the bitmap in the
|
||
|
actual compiled code. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
if (class_utf8 && (!should_flip_negation || (options & PCRE_UCP) != 0))
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*class_utf8data++ = XCL_END; /* Marks the end of extra data */
|
||
|
*code++ = OP_XCLASS;
|
||
|
code += LINK_SIZE;
|
||
|
*code = negate_class? XCL_NOT : 0;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If the map is required, move up the extra data to make room for it;
|
||
|
otherwise just move the code pointer to the end of the extra data. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (class_charcount > 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*code++ |= XCL_MAP;
|
||
|
memmove(code + 32, code, class_utf8data - code);
|
||
|
memcpy(code, classbits, 32);
|
||
|
code = class_utf8data + 32;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else code = class_utf8data;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Now fill in the complete length of the item */
|
||
|
|
||
|
PUT(previous, 1, code - previous);
|
||
|
break; /* End of class handling */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If there are no characters > 255, or they are all to be included or
|
||
|
excluded, set the opcode to OP_CLASS or OP_NCLASS, depending on whether the
|
||
|
whole class was negated and whether there were negative specials such as \S
|
||
|
(non-UCP) in the class. Then copy the 32-byte map into the code vector,
|
||
|
negating it if necessary. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
*code++ = (negate_class == should_flip_negation) ? OP_CLASS : OP_NCLASS;
|
||
|
if (negate_class)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Save time in the pre-compile phase */
|
||
|
for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) code[c] = ~classbits[c];
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
memcpy(code, classbits, 32);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
code += 32;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* ===================================================================*/
|
||
|
/* Various kinds of repeat; '{' is not necessarily a quantifier, but this
|
||
|
has been tested above. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET:
|
||
|
if (!is_quantifier) goto NORMAL_CHAR;
|
||
|
ptr = read_repeat_counts(ptr+1, &repeat_min, &repeat_max, errorcodeptr);
|
||
|
if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
|
||
|
goto REPEAT;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case CHAR_ASTERISK:
|
||
|
repeat_min = 0;
|
||
|
repeat_max = -1;
|
||
|
goto REPEAT;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case CHAR_PLUS:
|
||
|
repeat_min = 1;
|
||
|
repeat_max = -1;
|
||
|
goto REPEAT;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case CHAR_QUESTION_MARK:
|
||
|
repeat_min = 0;
|
||
|
repeat_max = 1;
|
||
|
|
||
|
REPEAT:
|
||
|
if (previous == NULL)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR9;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (repeat_min == 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
firstbyte = zerofirstbyte; /* Adjust for zero repeat */
|
||
|
reqbyte = zeroreqbyte; /* Ditto */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Remember whether this is a variable length repeat */
|
||
|
|
||
|
reqvary = (repeat_min == repeat_max)? 0 : REQ_VARY;
|
||
|
|
||
|
op_type = 0; /* Default single-char op codes */
|
||
|
possessive_quantifier = FALSE; /* Default not possessive quantifier */
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Save start of previous item, in case we have to move it up to make space
|
||
|
for an inserted OP_ONCE for the additional '+' extension. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
tempcode = previous;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If the next character is '+', we have a possessive quantifier. This
|
||
|
implies greediness, whatever the setting of the PCRE_UNGREEDY option.
|
||
|
If the next character is '?' this is a minimizing repeat, by default,
|
||
|
but if PCRE_UNGREEDY is set, it works the other way round. We change the
|
||
|
repeat type to the non-default. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (ptr[1] == CHAR_PLUS)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
repeat_type = 0; /* Force greedy */
|
||
|
possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
|
||
|
ptr++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
repeat_type = greedy_non_default;
|
||
|
ptr++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else repeat_type = greedy_default;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If previous was a character match, abolish the item and generate a
|
||
|
repeat item instead. If a char item has a minumum of more than one, ensure
|
||
|
that it is set in reqbyte - it might not be if a sequence such as x{3} is
|
||
|
the first thing in a branch because the x will have gone into firstbyte
|
||
|
instead. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (*previous == OP_CHAR || *previous == OP_CHARNC)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
/* Deal with UTF-8 characters that take up more than one byte. It's
|
||
|
easier to write this out separately than try to macrify it. Use c to
|
||
|
hold the length of the character in bytes, plus 0x80 to flag that it's a
|
||
|
length rather than a small character. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
if (utf8 && (code[-1] & 0x80) != 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
uschar *lastchar = code - 1;
|
||
|
while((*lastchar & 0xc0) == 0x80) lastchar--;
|
||
|
c = code - lastchar; /* Length of UTF-8 character */
|
||
|
memcpy(utf8_char, lastchar, c); /* Save the char */
|
||
|
c |= 0x80; /* Flag c as a length */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Handle the case of a single byte - either with no UTF8 support, or
|
||
|
with UTF-8 disabled, or for a UTF-8 character < 128. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
c = code[-1];
|
||
|
if (repeat_min > 1) reqbyte = c | req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If the repetition is unlimited, it pays to see if the next thing on
|
||
|
the line is something that cannot possibly match this character. If so,
|
||
|
automatically possessifying this item gains some performance in the case
|
||
|
where the match fails. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (!possessive_quantifier &&
|
||
|
repeat_max < 0 &&
|
||
|
check_auto_possessive(previous, utf8, ptr + 1, options, cd))
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
repeat_type = 0; /* Force greedy */
|
||
|
possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
goto OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT; /* Code shared with single character types */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If previous was a single negated character ([^a] or similar), we use
|
||
|
one of the special opcodes, replacing it. The code is shared with single-
|
||
|
character repeats by setting opt_type to add a suitable offset into
|
||
|
repeat_type. We can also test for auto-possessification. OP_NOT is
|
||
|
currently used only for single-byte chars. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (*previous == OP_NOT)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
op_type = OP_NOTSTAR - OP_STAR; /* Use "not" opcodes */
|
||
|
c = previous[1];
|
||
|
if (!possessive_quantifier &&
|
||
|
repeat_max < 0 &&
|
||
|
check_auto_possessive(previous, utf8, ptr + 1, options, cd))
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
repeat_type = 0; /* Force greedy */
|
||
|
possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
goto OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If previous was a character type match (\d or similar), abolish it and
|
||
|
create a suitable repeat item. The code is shared with single-character
|
||
|
repeats by setting op_type to add a suitable offset into repeat_type. Note
|
||
|
the the Unicode property types will be present only when SUPPORT_UCP is
|
||
|
defined, but we don't wrap the little bits of code here because it just
|
||
|
makes it horribly messy. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (*previous < OP_EODN)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
uschar *oldcode;
|
||
|
int prop_type, prop_value;
|
||
|
op_type = OP_TYPESTAR - OP_STAR; /* Use type opcodes */
|
||
|
c = *previous;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (!possessive_quantifier &&
|
||
|
repeat_max < 0 &&
|
||
|
check_auto_possessive(previous, utf8, ptr + 1, options, cd))
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
repeat_type = 0; /* Force greedy */
|
||
|
possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT:
|
||
|
if (*previous == OP_PROP || *previous == OP_NOTPROP)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
prop_type = previous[1];
|
||
|
prop_value = previous[2];
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else prop_type = prop_value = -1;
|
||
|
|
||
|
oldcode = code;
|
||
|
code = previous; /* Usually overwrite previous item */
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If the maximum is zero then the minimum must also be zero; Perl allows
|
||
|
this case, so we do too - by simply omitting the item altogether. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (repeat_max == 0) goto END_REPEAT;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*--------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||
|
/* This code is obsolete from release 8.00; the restriction was finally
|
||
|
removed: */
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* All real repeats make it impossible to handle partial matching (maybe
|
||
|
one day we will be able to remove this restriction). */
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* if (repeat_max != 1) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_NOPARTIAL; */
|
||
|
/*--------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Combine the op_type with the repeat_type */
|
||
|
|
||
|
repeat_type += op_type;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* A minimum of zero is handled either as the special case * or ?, or as
|
||
|
an UPTO, with the maximum given. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (repeat_min == 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (repeat_max == -1) *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type;
|
||
|
else if (repeat_max == 1) *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type;
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
|
||
|
PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* A repeat minimum of 1 is optimized into some special cases. If the
|
||
|
maximum is unlimited, we use OP_PLUS. Otherwise, the original item is
|
||
|
left in place and, if the maximum is greater than 1, we use OP_UPTO with
|
||
|
one less than the maximum. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (repeat_min == 1)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (repeat_max == -1)
|
||
|
*code++ = OP_PLUS + repeat_type;
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
code = oldcode; /* leave previous item in place */
|
||
|
if (repeat_max == 1) goto END_REPEAT;
|
||
|
*code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
|
||
|
PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max - 1);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* The case {n,n} is just an EXACT, while the general case {n,m} is
|
||
|
handled as an EXACT followed by an UPTO. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*code++ = OP_EXACT + op_type; /* NB EXACT doesn't have repeat_type */
|
||
|
PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min);
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If the maximum is unlimited, insert an OP_STAR. Before doing so,
|
||
|
we have to insert the character for the previous code. For a repeated
|
||
|
Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that define the
|
||
|
required property. In UTF-8 mode, long characters have their length in
|
||
|
c, with the 0x80 bit as a flag. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (repeat_max < 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
if (utf8 && c >= 128)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
memcpy(code, utf8_char, c & 7);
|
||
|
code += c & 7;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*code++ = c;
|
||
|
if (prop_type >= 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*code++ = prop_type;
|
||
|
*code++ = prop_value;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
*code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Else insert an UPTO if the max is greater than the min, again
|
||
|
preceded by the character, for the previously inserted code. If the
|
||
|
UPTO is just for 1 instance, we can use QUERY instead. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (repeat_max != repeat_min)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
if (utf8 && c >= 128)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
memcpy(code, utf8_char, c & 7);
|
||
|
code += c & 7;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
*code++ = c;
|
||
|
if (prop_type >= 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*code++ = prop_type;
|
||
|
*code++ = prop_value;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
repeat_max -= repeat_min;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (repeat_max == 1)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
|
||
|
PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* The character or character type itself comes last in all cases. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
if (utf8 && c >= 128)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
memcpy(code, utf8_char, c & 7);
|
||
|
code += c & 7;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
*code++ = c;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* For a repeated Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that
|
||
|
define the required property. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
|
||
|
if (prop_type >= 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*code++ = prop_type;
|
||
|
*code++ = prop_value;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If previous was a character class or a back reference, we put the repeat
|
||
|
stuff after it, but just skip the item if the repeat was {0,0}. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (*previous == OP_CLASS ||
|
||
|
*previous == OP_NCLASS ||
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
*previous == OP_XCLASS ||
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
*previous == OP_REF)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (repeat_max == 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
code = previous;
|
||
|
goto END_REPEAT;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*--------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||
|
/* This code is obsolete from release 8.00; the restriction was finally
|
||
|
removed: */
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* All real repeats make it impossible to handle partial matching (maybe
|
||
|
one day we will be able to remove this restriction). */
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* if (repeat_max != 1) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_NOPARTIAL; */
|
||
|
/*--------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == -1)
|
||
|
*code++ = OP_CRSTAR + repeat_type;
|
||
|
else if (repeat_min == 1 && repeat_max == -1)
|
||
|
*code++ = OP_CRPLUS + repeat_type;
|
||
|
else if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == 1)
|
||
|
*code++ = OP_CRQUERY + repeat_type;
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*code++ = OP_CRRANGE + repeat_type;
|
||
|
PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min);
|
||
|
if (repeat_max == -1) repeat_max = 0; /* 2-byte encoding for max */
|
||
|
PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If previous was a bracket group, we may have to replicate it in certain
|
||
|
cases. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (*previous == OP_BRA || *previous == OP_CBRA ||
|
||
|
*previous == OP_ONCE || *previous == OP_COND)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
register int i;
|
||
|
int ketoffset = 0;
|
||
|
int len = (int)(code - previous);
|
||
|
uschar *bralink = NULL;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Repeating a DEFINE group is pointless */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (*previous == OP_COND && previous[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR55;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If the maximum repeat count is unlimited, find the end of the bracket
|
||
|
by scanning through from the start, and compute the offset back to it
|
||
|
from the current code pointer. There may be an OP_OPT setting following
|
||
|
the final KET, so we can't find the end just by going back from the code
|
||
|
pointer. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (repeat_max == -1)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
register uschar *ket = previous;
|
||
|
do ket += GET(ket, 1); while (*ket != OP_KET);
|
||
|
ketoffset = (int)(code - ket);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* The case of a zero minimum is special because of the need to stick
|
||
|
OP_BRAZERO in front of it, and because the group appears once in the
|
||
|
data, whereas in other cases it appears the minimum number of times. For
|
||
|
this reason, it is simplest to treat this case separately, as otherwise
|
||
|
the code gets far too messy. There are several special subcases when the
|
||
|
minimum is zero. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (repeat_min == 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
/* If the maximum is also zero, we used to just omit the group from the
|
||
|
output altogether, like this:
|
||
|
|
||
|
** if (repeat_max == 0)
|
||
|
** {
|
||
|
** code = previous;
|
||
|
** goto END_REPEAT;
|
||
|
** }
|
||
|
|
||
|
However, that fails when a group is referenced as a subroutine from
|
||
|
elsewhere in the pattern, so now we stick in OP_SKIPZERO in front of it
|
||
|
so that it is skipped on execution. As we don't have a list of which
|
||
|
groups are referenced, we cannot do this selectively.
|
||
|
|
||
|
If the maximum is 1 or unlimited, we just have to stick in the BRAZERO
|
||
|
and do no more at this point. However, we do need to adjust any
|
||
|
OP_RECURSE calls inside the group that refer to the group itself or any
|
||
|
internal or forward referenced group, because the offset is from the
|
||
|
start of the whole regex. Temporarily terminate the pattern while doing
|
||
|
this. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (repeat_max <= 1) /* Covers 0, 1, and unlimited */
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*code = OP_END;
|
||
|
adjust_recurse(previous, 1, utf8, cd, save_hwm);
|
||
|
memmove(previous+1, previous, len);
|
||
|
code++;
|
||
|
if (repeat_max == 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*previous++ = OP_SKIPZERO;
|
||
|
goto END_REPEAT;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
*previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If the maximum is greater than 1 and limited, we have to replicate
|
||
|
in a nested fashion, sticking OP_BRAZERO before each set of brackets.
|
||
|
The first one has to be handled carefully because it's the original
|
||
|
copy, which has to be moved up. The remainder can be handled by code
|
||
|
that is common with the non-zero minimum case below. We have to
|
||
|
adjust the value or repeat_max, since one less copy is required. Once
|
||
|
again, we may have to adjust any OP_RECURSE calls inside the group. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int offset;
|
||
|
*code = OP_END;
|
||
|
adjust_recurse(previous, 2 + LINK_SIZE, utf8, cd, save_hwm);
|
||
|
memmove(previous + 2 + LINK_SIZE, previous, len);
|
||
|
code += 2 + LINK_SIZE;
|
||
|
*previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
|
||
|
*previous++ = OP_BRA;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* We chain together the bracket offset fields that have to be
|
||
|
filled in later when the ends of the brackets are reached. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : (int)(previous - bralink);
|
||
|
bralink = previous;
|
||
|
PUTINC(previous, 0, offset);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
repeat_max--;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If the minimum is greater than zero, replicate the group as many
|
||
|
times as necessary, and adjust the maximum to the number of subsequent
|
||
|
copies that we need. If we set a first char from the group, and didn't
|
||
|
set a required char, copy the latter from the former. If there are any
|
||
|
forward reference subroutine calls in the group, there will be entries on
|
||
|
the workspace list; replicate these with an appropriate increment. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (repeat_min > 1)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
/* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We
|
||
|
just adjust the length as if we had. Do some paranoid checks for
|
||
|
potential integer overflow. The INT64_OR_DOUBLE type is a 64-bit
|
||
|
integer type when available, otherwise double. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (lengthptr != NULL)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int delta = (repeat_min - 1)*length_prevgroup;
|
||
|
if ((INT64_OR_DOUBLE)(repeat_min - 1)*
|
||
|
(INT64_OR_DOUBLE)length_prevgroup >
|
||
|
(INT64_OR_DOUBLE)INT_MAX ||
|
||
|
OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR20;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
*lengthptr += delta;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* This is compiling for real */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (groupsetfirstbyte && reqbyte < 0) reqbyte = firstbyte;
|
||
|
for (i = 1; i < repeat_min; i++)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
uschar *hc;
|
||
|
uschar *this_hwm = cd->hwm;
|
||
|
memcpy(code, previous, len);
|
||
|
for (hc = save_hwm; hc < this_hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len);
|
||
|
cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
save_hwm = this_hwm;
|
||
|
code += len;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (repeat_max > 0) repeat_max -= repeat_min;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* This code is common to both the zero and non-zero minimum cases. If
|
||
|
the maximum is limited, it replicates the group in a nested fashion,
|
||
|
remembering the bracket starts on a stack. In the case of a zero minimum,
|
||
|
the first one was set up above. In all cases the repeat_max now specifies
|
||
|
the number of additional copies needed. Again, we must remember to
|
||
|
replicate entries on the forward reference list. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (repeat_max >= 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
/* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We
|
||
|
just adjust the length as if we had. For each repetition we must add 1
|
||
|
to the length for BRAZERO and for all but the last repetition we must
|
||
|
add 2 + 2*LINKSIZE to allow for the nesting that occurs. Do some
|
||
|
paranoid checks to avoid integer overflow. The INT64_OR_DOUBLE type is
|
||
|
a 64-bit integer type when available, otherwise double. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (lengthptr != NULL && repeat_max > 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int delta = repeat_max * (length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) -
|
||
|
2 - 2*LINK_SIZE; /* Last one doesn't nest */
|
||
|
if ((INT64_OR_DOUBLE)repeat_max *
|
||
|
(INT64_OR_DOUBLE)(length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE)
|
||
|
> (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)INT_MAX ||
|
||
|
OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR20;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
*lengthptr += delta;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* This is compiling for real */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else for (i = repeat_max - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
uschar *hc;
|
||
|
uschar *this_hwm = cd->hwm;
|
||
|
|
||
|
*code++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* All but the final copy start a new nesting, maintaining the
|
||
|
chain of brackets outstanding. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (i != 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int offset;
|
||
|
*code++ = OP_BRA;
|
||
|
offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : (int)(code - bralink);
|
||
|
bralink = code;
|
||
|
PUTINC(code, 0, offset);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
memcpy(code, previous, len);
|
||
|
for (hc = save_hwm; hc < this_hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len + ((i != 0)? 2+LINK_SIZE : 1));
|
||
|
cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
save_hwm = this_hwm;
|
||
|
code += len;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Now chain through the pending brackets, and fill in their length
|
||
|
fields (which are holding the chain links pro tem). */
|
||
|
|
||
|
while (bralink != NULL)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int oldlinkoffset;
|
||
|
int offset = (int)(code - bralink + 1);
|
||
|
uschar *bra = code - offset;
|
||
|
oldlinkoffset = GET(bra, 1);
|
||
|
bralink = (oldlinkoffset == 0)? NULL : bralink - oldlinkoffset;
|
||
|
*code++ = OP_KET;
|
||
|
PUTINC(code, 0, offset);
|
||
|
PUT(bra, 1, offset);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If the maximum is unlimited, set a repeater in the final copy. We
|
||
|
can't just offset backwards from the current code point, because we
|
||
|
don't know if there's been an options resetting after the ket. The
|
||
|
correct offset was computed above.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Then, when we are doing the actual compile phase, check to see whether
|
||
|
this group is a non-atomic one that could match an empty string. If so,
|
||
|
convert the initial operator to the S form (e.g. OP_BRA -> OP_SBRA) so
|
||
|
that runtime checking can be done. [This check is also applied to
|
||
|
atomic groups at runtime, but in a different way.] */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
uschar *ketcode = code - ketoffset;
|
||
|
uschar *bracode = ketcode - GET(ketcode, 1);
|
||
|
*ketcode = OP_KETRMAX + repeat_type;
|
||
|
if (lengthptr == NULL && *bracode != OP_ONCE)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
uschar *scode = bracode;
|
||
|
do
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (could_be_empty_branch(scode, ketcode, utf8, cd))
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*bracode += OP_SBRA - OP_BRA;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
scode += GET(scode, 1);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
while (*scode == OP_ALT);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If previous is OP_FAIL, it was generated by an empty class [] in
|
||
|
JavaScript mode. The other ways in which OP_FAIL can be generated, that is
|
||
|
by (*FAIL) or (?!) set previous to NULL, which gives a "nothing to repeat"
|
||
|
error above. We can just ignore the repeat in JS case. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (*previous == OP_FAIL) goto END_REPEAT;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Else there's some kind of shambles */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR11;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If the character following a repeat is '+', or if certain optimization
|
||
|
tests above succeeded, possessive_quantifier is TRUE. For some of the
|
||
|
simpler opcodes, there is an special alternative opcode for this. For
|
||
|
anything else, we wrap the entire repeated item inside OP_ONCE brackets.
|
||
|
The '+' notation is just syntactic sugar, taken from Sun's Java package,
|
||
|
but the special opcodes can optimize it a bit. The repeated item starts at
|
||
|
tempcode, not at previous, which might be the first part of a string whose
|
||
|
(former) last char we repeated.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Possessifying an 'exact' quantifier has no effect, so we can ignore it. But
|
||
|
an 'upto' may follow. We skip over an 'exact' item, and then test the
|
||
|
length of what remains before proceeding. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (possessive_quantifier)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int len;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (*tempcode == OP_TYPEEXACT)
|
||
|
tempcode += _pcre_OP_lengths[*tempcode] +
|
||
|
((tempcode[3] == OP_PROP || tempcode[3] == OP_NOTPROP)? 2 : 0);
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (*tempcode == OP_EXACT || *tempcode == OP_NOTEXACT)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
tempcode += _pcre_OP_lengths[*tempcode];
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
if (utf8 && tempcode[-1] >= 0xc0)
|
||
|
tempcode += _pcre_utf8_table4[tempcode[-1] & 0x3f];
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
len = (int)(code - tempcode);
|
||
|
if (len > 0) switch (*tempcode)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
case OP_STAR: *tempcode = OP_POSSTAR; break;
|
||
|
case OP_PLUS: *tempcode = OP_POSPLUS; break;
|
||
|
case OP_QUERY: *tempcode = OP_POSQUERY; break;
|
||
|
case OP_UPTO: *tempcode = OP_POSUPTO; break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_TYPESTAR: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSSTAR; break;
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEPLUS: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSPLUS; break;
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEQUERY: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSQUERY; break;
|
||
|
case OP_TYPEUPTO: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSUPTO; break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_NOTSTAR: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSSTAR; break;
|
||
|
case OP_NOTPLUS: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSPLUS; break;
|
||
|
case OP_NOTQUERY: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSQUERY; break;
|
||
|
case OP_NOTUPTO: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSUPTO; break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Because we are moving code along, we must ensure that any
|
||
|
pending recursive references are updated. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
default:
|
||
|
*code = OP_END;
|
||
|
adjust_recurse(tempcode, 1 + LINK_SIZE, utf8, cd, save_hwm);
|
||
|
memmove(tempcode + 1+LINK_SIZE, tempcode, len);
|
||
|
code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
|
||
|
len += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
|
||
|
tempcode[0] = OP_ONCE;
|
||
|
*code++ = OP_KET;
|
||
|
PUTINC(code, 0, len);
|
||
|
PUT(tempcode, 1, len);
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* In all case we no longer have a previous item. We also set the
|
||
|
"follows varying string" flag for subsequently encountered reqbytes if
|
||
|
it isn't already set and we have just passed a varying length item. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
END_REPEAT:
|
||
|
previous = NULL;
|
||
|
cd->req_varyopt |= reqvary;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* ===================================================================*/
|
||
|
/* Start of nested parenthesized sub-expression, or comment or lookahead or
|
||
|
lookbehind or option setting or condition or all the other extended
|
||
|
parenthesis forms. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS:
|
||
|
newoptions = options;
|
||
|
skipbytes = 0;
|
||
|
bravalue = OP_CBRA;
|
||
|
save_hwm = cd->hwm;
|
||
|
reset_bracount = FALSE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* First deal with various "verbs" that can be introduced by '*'. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_ASTERISK &&
|
||
|
((cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_letter) != 0 || ptr[1] == ':'))
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int i, namelen;
|
||
|
int arglen = 0;
|
||
|
const char *vn = verbnames;
|
||
|
const uschar *name = ptr + 1;
|
||
|
const uschar *arg = NULL;
|
||
|
previous = NULL;
|
||
|
while ((cd->ctypes[*++ptr] & ctype_letter) != 0) {};
|
||
|
namelen = (int)(ptr - name);
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (*ptr == CHAR_COLON)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
arg = ++ptr;
|
||
|
while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & (ctype_letter|ctype_digit)) != 0
|
||
|
|| *ptr == '_') ptr++;
|
||
|
arglen = (int)(ptr - arg);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR60;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Scan the table of verb names */
|
||
|
|
||
|
for (i = 0; i < verbcount; i++)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (namelen == verbs[i].len &&
|
||
|
strncmp((char *)name, vn, namelen) == 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
/* Check for open captures before ACCEPT */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (verbs[i].op == OP_ACCEPT)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
open_capitem *oc;
|
||
|
cd->had_accept = TRUE;
|
||
|
for (oc = cd->open_caps; oc != NULL; oc = oc->next)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*code++ = OP_CLOSE;
|
||
|
PUT2INC(code, 0, oc->number);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Handle the cases with/without an argument */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (arglen == 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (verbs[i].op < 0) /* Argument is mandatory */
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR66;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
*code++ = verbs[i].op;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (verbs[i].op_arg < 0) /* Argument is forbidden */
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR59;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
*code++ = verbs[i].op_arg;
|
||
|
*code++ = arglen;
|
||
|
memcpy(code, arg, arglen);
|
||
|
code += arglen;
|
||
|
*code++ = 0;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
break; /* Found verb, exit loop */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
vn += verbs[i].len + 1;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (i < verbcount) continue; /* Successfully handled a verb */
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR60; /* Verb not recognized */
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Deal with the extended parentheses; all are introduced by '?', and the
|
||
|
appearance of any of them means that this is not a capturing group. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (*ptr == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int i, set, unset, namelen;
|
||
|
int *optset;
|
||
|
const uschar *name;
|
||
|
uschar *slot;
|
||
|
|
||
|
switch (*(++ptr))
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
case CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN: /* Comment; skip to ket */
|
||
|
ptr++;
|
||
|
while (*ptr != 0 && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++;
|
||
|
if (*ptr == 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR18;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
continue;
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
|
||
|
case CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE: /* Reset capture count for each branch */
|
||
|
reset_bracount = TRUE;
|
||
|
/* Fall through */
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
|
||
|
case CHAR_COLON: /* Non-capturing bracket */
|
||
|
bravalue = OP_BRA;
|
||
|
ptr++;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
|
||
|
case CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS:
|
||
|
bravalue = OP_COND; /* Conditional group */
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* A condition can be an assertion, a number (referring to a numbered
|
||
|
group), a name (referring to a named group), or 'R', referring to
|
||
|
recursion. R<digits> and R&name are also permitted for recursion tests.
|
||
|
|
||
|
There are several syntaxes for testing a named group: (?(name)) is used
|
||
|
by Python; Perl 5.10 onwards uses (?(<name>) or (?('name')).
|
||
|
|
||
|
There are two unfortunate ambiguities, caused by history. (a) 'R' can
|
||
|
be the recursive thing or the name 'R' (and similarly for 'R' followed
|
||
|
by digits), and (b) a number could be a name that consists of digits.
|
||
|
In both cases, we look for a name first; if not found, we try the other
|
||
|
cases. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* For conditions that are assertions, check the syntax, and then exit
|
||
|
the switch. This will take control down to where bracketed groups,
|
||
|
including assertions, are processed. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK && (ptr[2] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN ||
|
||
|
ptr[2] == CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK || ptr[2] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN))
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Most other conditions use OP_CREF (a couple change to OP_RREF
|
||
|
below), and all need to skip 3 bytes at the start of the group. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_CREF;
|
||
|
skipbytes = 3;
|
||
|
refsign = -1;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Check for a test for recursion in a named group. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (ptr[1] == CHAR_R && ptr[2] == CHAR_AMPERSAND)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
terminator = -1;
|
||
|
ptr += 2;
|
||
|
code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF; /* Change the type of test */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Check for a test for a named group's having been set, using the Perl
|
||
|
syntax (?(<name>) or (?('name') */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
terminator = CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN;
|
||
|
ptr++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
terminator = CHAR_APOSTROPHE;
|
||
|
ptr++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
terminator = 0;
|
||
|
if (ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS || ptr[1] == CHAR_PLUS) refsign = *(++ptr);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* We now expect to read a name; any thing else is an error */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if ((cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_word) == 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
ptr += 1; /* To get the right offset */
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR28;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Read the name, but also get it as a number if it's all digits */
|
||
|
|
||
|
recno = 0;
|
||
|
name = ++ptr;
|
||
|
while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (recno >= 0)
|
||
|
recno = ((digitab[*ptr] & ctype_digit) != 0)?
|
||
|
recno * 10 + *ptr - CHAR_0 : -1;
|
||
|
ptr++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
namelen = (int)(ptr - name);
|
||
|
|
||
|
if ((terminator > 0 && *ptr++ != terminator) ||
|
||
|
*ptr++ != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
ptr--; /* Error offset */
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR26;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Do no further checking in the pre-compile phase. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (lengthptr != NULL) break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* In the real compile we do the work of looking for the actual
|
||
|
reference. If the string started with "+" or "-" we require the rest to
|
||
|
be digits, in which case recno will be set. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (refsign > 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (recno <= 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR58;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
recno = (refsign == CHAR_MINUS)?
|
||
|
cd->bracount - recno + 1 : recno +cd->bracount;
|
||
|
if (recno <= 0 || recno > cd->final_bracount)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR15;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Otherwise (did not start with "+" or "-"), start by looking for the
|
||
|
name. If we find a name, add one to the opcode to change OP_CREF or
|
||
|
OP_RREF into OP_NCREF or OP_NRREF. These behave exactly the same,
|
||
|
except they record that the reference was originally to a name. The
|
||
|
information is used to check duplicate names. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
slot = cd->name_table;
|
||
|
for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (strncmp((char *)name, (char *)slot+2, namelen) == 0) break;
|
||
|
slot += cd->name_entry_size;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Found a previous named subpattern */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (i < cd->names_found)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
recno = GET2(slot, 0);
|
||
|
PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
|
||
|
code[1+LINK_SIZE]++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Search the pattern for a forward reference */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if ((i = find_parens(cd, name, namelen,
|
||
|
(options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)) > 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, i);
|
||
|
code[1+LINK_SIZE]++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If terminator == 0 it means that the name followed directly after
|
||
|
the opening parenthesis [e.g. (?(abc)...] and in this case there are
|
||
|
some further alternatives to try. For the cases where terminator != 0
|
||
|
[things like (?(<name>... or (?('name')... or (?(R&name)... ] we have
|
||
|
now checked all the possibilities, so give an error. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (terminator != 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR15;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Check for (?(R) for recursion. Allow digits after R to specify a
|
||
|
specific group number. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (*name == CHAR_R)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
recno = 0;
|
||
|
for (i = 1; i < namelen; i++)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if ((digitab[name[i]] & ctype_digit) == 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR15;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
recno = recno * 10 + name[i] - CHAR_0;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (recno == 0) recno = RREF_ANY;
|
||
|
code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF; /* Change test type */
|
||
|
PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Similarly, check for the (?(DEFINE) "condition", which is always
|
||
|
false. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (namelen == 6 && strncmp((char *)name, STRING_DEFINE, 6) == 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_DEF;
|
||
|
skipbytes = 1;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Check for the "name" actually being a subpattern number. We are
|
||
|
in the second pass here, so final_bracount is set. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (recno > 0 && recno <= cd->final_bracount)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Either an unidentified subpattern, or a reference to (?(0) */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = (recno == 0)? ERR35: ERR15;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
|
||
|
case CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN: /* Positive lookahead */
|
||
|
bravalue = OP_ASSERT;
|
||
|
ptr++;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
|
||
|
case CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK: /* Negative lookahead */
|
||
|
ptr++;
|
||
|
if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) /* Optimize (?!) */
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*code++ = OP_FAIL;
|
||
|
previous = NULL;
|
||
|
continue;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
bravalue = OP_ASSERT_NOT;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
|
||
|
case CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN: /* Lookbehind or named define */
|
||
|
switch (ptr[1])
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
case CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN: /* Positive lookbehind */
|
||
|
bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK;
|
||
|
ptr += 2;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK: /* Negative lookbehind */
|
||
|
bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT;
|
||
|
ptr += 2;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
default: /* Could be name define, else bad */
|
||
|
if ((cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_word) != 0) goto DEFINE_NAME;
|
||
|
ptr++; /* Correct offset for error */
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR24;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
|
||
|
case CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN: /* One-time brackets */
|
||
|
bravalue = OP_ONCE;
|
||
|
ptr++;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
|
||
|
case CHAR_C: /* Callout - may be followed by digits; */
|
||
|
previous_callout = code; /* Save for later completion */
|
||
|
after_manual_callout = 1; /* Skip one item before completing */
|
||
|
*code++ = OP_CALLOUT;
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int n = 0;
|
||
|
while ((digitab[*(++ptr)] & ctype_digit) != 0)
|
||
|
n = n * 10 + *ptr - CHAR_0;
|
||
|
if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR39;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (n > 255)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR38;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
*code++ = n;
|
||
|
PUT(code, 0, (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern + 1)); /* Pattern offset */
|
||
|
PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0); /* Default length */
|
||
|
code += 2 * LINK_SIZE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
previous = NULL;
|
||
|
continue;
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
|
||
|
case CHAR_P: /* Python-style named subpattern handling */
|
||
|
if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN ||
|
||
|
*ptr == CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN) /* Reference or recursion */
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
is_recurse = *ptr == CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN;
|
||
|
terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS;
|
||
|
goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else if (*ptr != CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN) /* Test for Python-style defn */
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR41;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
/* Fall through to handle (?P< as (?< is handled */
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
|
||
|
DEFINE_NAME: /* Come here from (?< handling */
|
||
|
case CHAR_APOSTROPHE:
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
terminator = (*ptr == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)?
|
||
|
CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : CHAR_APOSTROPHE;
|
||
|
name = ++ptr;
|
||
|
|
||
|
while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++;
|
||
|
namelen = (int)(ptr - name);
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* In the pre-compile phase, just do a syntax check. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (lengthptr != NULL)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (*ptr != terminator)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR42;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (cd->names_found >= MAX_NAME_COUNT)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR49;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (namelen + 3 > cd->name_entry_size)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
cd->name_entry_size = namelen + 3;
|
||
|
if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR48;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* In the real compile, create the entry in the table, maintaining
|
||
|
alphabetical order. Duplicate names for different numbers are
|
||
|
permitted only if PCRE_DUPNAMES is set. Duplicate names for the same
|
||
|
number are always OK. (An existing number can be re-used if (?|
|
||
|
appears in the pattern.) In either event, a duplicate name results in
|
||
|
a duplicate entry in the table, even if the number is the same. This
|
||
|
is because the number of names, and hence the table size, is computed
|
||
|
in the pre-compile, and it affects various numbers and pointers which
|
||
|
would all have to be modified, and the compiled code moved down, if
|
||
|
duplicates with the same number were omitted from the table. This
|
||
|
doesn't seem worth the hassle. However, *different* names for the
|
||
|
same number are not permitted. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
BOOL dupname = FALSE;
|
||
|
slot = cd->name_table;
|
||
|
|
||
|
for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int crc = memcmp(name, slot+2, namelen);
|
||
|
if (crc == 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (slot[2+namelen] == 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (GET2(slot, 0) != cd->bracount + 1 &&
|
||
|
(options & PCRE_DUPNAMES) == 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR43;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else dupname = TRUE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else crc = -1; /* Current name is a substring */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Make space in the table and break the loop for an earlier
|
||
|
name. For a duplicate or later name, carry on. We do this for
|
||
|
duplicates so that in the simple case (when ?(| is not used) they
|
||
|
are in order of their numbers. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (crc < 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
memmove(slot + cd->name_entry_size, slot,
|
||
|
(cd->names_found - i) * cd->name_entry_size);
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Continue the loop for a later or duplicate name */
|
||
|
|
||
|
slot += cd->name_entry_size;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* For non-duplicate names, check for a duplicate number before
|
||
|
adding the new name. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (!dupname)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
uschar *cslot = cd->name_table;
|
||
|
for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (cslot != slot)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (GET2(cslot, 0) == cd->bracount + 1)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR65;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else i--;
|
||
|
cslot += cd->name_entry_size;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
PUT2(slot, 0, cd->bracount + 1);
|
||
|
memcpy(slot + 2, name, namelen);
|
||
|
slot[2+namelen] = 0;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* In both pre-compile and compile, count the number of names we've
|
||
|
encountered. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
cd->names_found++;
|
||
|
ptr++; /* Move past > or ' */
|
||
|
goto NUMBERED_GROUP;
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
|
||
|
case CHAR_AMPERSAND: /* Perl recursion/subroutine syntax */
|
||
|
terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS;
|
||
|
is_recurse = TRUE;
|
||
|
/* Fall through */
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* We come here from the Python syntax above that handles both
|
||
|
references (?P=name) and recursion (?P>name), as well as falling
|
||
|
through from the Perl recursion syntax (?&name). We also come here from
|
||
|
the Perl \k<name> or \k'name' back reference syntax and the \k{name}
|
||
|
.NET syntax, and the Oniguruma \g<...> and \g'...' subroutine syntax. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE:
|
||
|
name = ++ptr;
|
||
|
while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++;
|
||
|
namelen = (int)(ptr - name);
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* In the pre-compile phase, do a syntax check and set a dummy
|
||
|
reference number. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (lengthptr != NULL)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (namelen == 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR62;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (*ptr != terminator)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR42;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR48;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
recno = 0;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* In the real compile, seek the name in the table. We check the name
|
||
|
first, and then check that we have reached the end of the name in the
|
||
|
table. That way, if the name that is longer than any in the table,
|
||
|
the comparison will fail without reading beyond the table entry. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
slot = cd->name_table;
|
||
|
for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (strncmp((char *)name, (char *)slot+2, namelen) == 0 &&
|
||
|
slot[2+namelen] == 0)
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
slot += cd->name_entry_size;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (i < cd->names_found) /* Back reference */
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
recno = GET2(slot, 0);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else if ((recno = /* Forward back reference */
|
||
|
find_parens(cd, name, namelen,
|
||
|
(options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)) <= 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR15;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* In both phases, we can now go to the code than handles numerical
|
||
|
recursion or backreferences. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (is_recurse) goto HANDLE_RECURSION;
|
||
|
else goto HANDLE_REFERENCE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
|
||
|
case CHAR_R: /* Recursion */
|
||
|
ptr++; /* Same as (?0) */
|
||
|
/* Fall through */
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
|
||
|
case CHAR_MINUS: case CHAR_PLUS: /* Recursion or subroutine */
|
||
|
case CHAR_0: case CHAR_1: case CHAR_2: case CHAR_3: case CHAR_4:
|
||
|
case CHAR_5: case CHAR_6: case CHAR_7: case CHAR_8: case CHAR_9:
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
const uschar *called;
|
||
|
terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Come here from the \g<...> and \g'...' code (Oniguruma
|
||
|
compatibility). However, the syntax has been checked to ensure that
|
||
|
the ... are a (signed) number, so that neither ERR63 nor ERR29 will
|
||
|
be called on this path, nor with the jump to OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY
|
||
|
ever be taken. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION:
|
||
|
|
||
|
if ((refsign = *ptr) == CHAR_PLUS)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
ptr++;
|
||
|
if ((digitab[*ptr] & ctype_digit) == 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR63;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else if (refsign == CHAR_MINUS)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if ((digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_digit) == 0)
|
||
|
goto OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY;
|
||
|
ptr++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
recno = 0;
|
||
|
while((digitab[*ptr] & ctype_digit) != 0)
|
||
|
recno = recno * 10 + *ptr++ - CHAR_0;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (*ptr != terminator)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR29;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (refsign == CHAR_MINUS)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (recno == 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR58;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
recno = cd->bracount - recno + 1;
|
||
|
if (recno <= 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR15;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else if (refsign == CHAR_PLUS)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (recno == 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR58;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
recno += cd->bracount;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Come here from code above that handles a named recursion */
|
||
|
|
||
|
HANDLE_RECURSION:
|
||
|
|
||
|
previous = code;
|
||
|
called = cd->start_code;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* When we are actually compiling, find the bracket that is being
|
||
|
referenced. Temporarily end the regex in case it doesn't exist before
|
||
|
this point. If we end up with a forward reference, first check that
|
||
|
the bracket does occur later so we can give the error (and position)
|
||
|
now. Then remember this forward reference in the workspace so it can
|
||
|
be filled in at the end. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (lengthptr == NULL)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*code = OP_END;
|
||
|
if (recno != 0)
|
||
|
called = _pcre_find_bracket(cd->start_code, utf8, recno);
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Forward reference */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (called == NULL)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (find_parens(cd, NULL, recno,
|
||
|
(options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0) < 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR15;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Fudge the value of "called" so that when it is inserted as an
|
||
|
offset below, what it actually inserted is the reference number
|
||
|
of the group. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
called = cd->start_code + recno;
|
||
|
PUTINC(cd->hwm, 0, (int)(code + 2 + LINK_SIZE - cd->start_code));
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If not a forward reference, and the subpattern is still open,
|
||
|
this is a recursive call. We check to see if this is a left
|
||
|
recursion that could loop for ever, and diagnose that case. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (GET(called, 1) == 0 &&
|
||
|
could_be_empty(called, code, bcptr, utf8, cd))
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR40;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Insert the recursion/subroutine item, automatically wrapped inside
|
||
|
"once" brackets. Set up a "previous group" length so that a
|
||
|
subsequent quantifier will work. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
*code = OP_ONCE;
|
||
|
PUT(code, 1, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE);
|
||
|
code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
*code = OP_RECURSE;
|
||
|
PUT(code, 1, (int)(called - cd->start_code));
|
||
|
code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
*code = OP_KET;
|
||
|
PUT(code, 1, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE);
|
||
|
code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
length_prevgroup = 3 + 3*LINK_SIZE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Can't determine a first byte now */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
|
||
|
continue;
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
|
||
|
default: /* Other characters: check option setting */
|
||
|
OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY:
|
||
|
set = unset = 0;
|
||
|
optset = &set;
|
||
|
|
||
|
while (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS && *ptr != CHAR_COLON)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
switch (*ptr++)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
case CHAR_MINUS: optset = &unset; break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case CHAR_J: /* Record that it changed in the external options */
|
||
|
*optset |= PCRE_DUPNAMES;
|
||
|
cd->external_flags |= PCRE_JCHANGED;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case CHAR_i: *optset |= PCRE_CASELESS; break;
|
||
|
case CHAR_m: *optset |= PCRE_MULTILINE; break;
|
||
|
case CHAR_s: *optset |= PCRE_DOTALL; break;
|
||
|
case CHAR_x: *optset |= PCRE_EXTENDED; break;
|
||
|
case CHAR_U: *optset |= PCRE_UNGREEDY; break;
|
||
|
case CHAR_X: *optset |= PCRE_EXTRA; break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
default: *errorcodeptr = ERR12;
|
||
|
ptr--; /* Correct the offset */
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Set up the changed option bits, but don't change anything yet. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
newoptions = (options | set) & (~unset);
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If the options ended with ')' this is not the start of a nested
|
||
|
group with option changes, so the options change at this level. If this
|
||
|
item is right at the start of the pattern, the options can be
|
||
|
abstracted and made external in the pre-compile phase, and ignored in
|
||
|
the compile phase. This can be helpful when matching -- for instance in
|
||
|
caseless checking of required bytes.
|
||
|
|
||
|
If the code pointer is not (cd->start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE), we are
|
||
|
definitely *not* at the start of the pattern because something has been
|
||
|
compiled. In the pre-compile phase, however, the code pointer can have
|
||
|
that value after the start, because it gets reset as code is discarded
|
||
|
during the pre-compile. However, this can happen only at top level - if
|
||
|
we are within parentheses, the starting BRA will still be present. At
|
||
|
any parenthesis level, the length value can be used to test if anything
|
||
|
has been compiled at that level. Thus, a test for both these conditions
|
||
|
is necessary to ensure we correctly detect the start of the pattern in
|
||
|
both phases.
|
||
|
|
||
|
If we are not at the pattern start, compile code to change the ims
|
||
|
options if this setting actually changes any of them, and reset the
|
||
|
greedy defaults and the case value for firstbyte and reqbyte. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (code == cd->start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE &&
|
||
|
(lengthptr == NULL || *lengthptr == 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE))
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
cd->external_options = newoptions;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if ((options & PCRE_IMS) != (newoptions & PCRE_IMS))
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*code++ = OP_OPT;
|
||
|
*code++ = newoptions & PCRE_IMS;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
greedy_default = ((newoptions & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0);
|
||
|
greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1;
|
||
|
req_caseopt = ((newoptions & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS : 0;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Change options at this level, and pass them back for use
|
||
|
in subsequent branches. When not at the start of the pattern, this
|
||
|
information is also necessary so that a resetting item can be
|
||
|
compiled at the end of a group (if we are in a group). */
|
||
|
|
||
|
*optionsptr = options = newoptions;
|
||
|
previous = NULL; /* This item can't be repeated */
|
||
|
continue; /* It is complete */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If the options ended with ':' we are heading into a nested group
|
||
|
with possible change of options. Such groups are non-capturing and are
|
||
|
not assertions of any kind. All we need to do is skip over the ':';
|
||
|
the newoptions value is handled below. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
bravalue = OP_BRA;
|
||
|
ptr++;
|
||
|
} /* End of switch for character following (? */
|
||
|
} /* End of (? handling */
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Opening parenthesis not followed by '*' or '?'. If PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE
|
||
|
is set, all unadorned brackets become non-capturing and behave like (?:...)
|
||
|
brackets. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if ((options & PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE) != 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
bravalue = OP_BRA;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Else we have a capturing group. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
NUMBERED_GROUP:
|
||
|
cd->bracount += 1;
|
||
|
PUT2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE, cd->bracount);
|
||
|
skipbytes = 2;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Process nested bracketed regex. Assertions may not be repeated, but
|
||
|
other kinds can be. All their opcodes are >= OP_ONCE. We copy code into a
|
||
|
non-register variable in order to be able to pass its address because some
|
||
|
compilers complain otherwise. Pass in a new setting for the ims options if
|
||
|
they have changed. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
previous = (bravalue >= OP_ONCE)? code : NULL;
|
||
|
*code = bravalue;
|
||
|
tempcode = code;
|
||
|
tempreqvary = cd->req_varyopt; /* Save value before bracket */
|
||
|
length_prevgroup = 0; /* Initialize for pre-compile phase */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (!compile_regex(
|
||
|
newoptions, /* The complete new option state */
|
||
|
options & PCRE_IMS, /* The previous ims option state */
|
||
|
&tempcode, /* Where to put code (updated) */
|
||
|
&ptr, /* Input pointer (updated) */
|
||
|
errorcodeptr, /* Where to put an error message */
|
||
|
(bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK ||
|
||
|
bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT), /* TRUE if back assert */
|
||
|
reset_bracount, /* True if (?| group */
|
||
|
skipbytes, /* Skip over bracket number */
|
||
|
&subfirstbyte, /* For possible first char */
|
||
|
&subreqbyte, /* For possible last char */
|
||
|
bcptr, /* Current branch chain */
|
||
|
cd, /* Tables block */
|
||
|
(lengthptr == NULL)? NULL : /* Actual compile phase */
|
||
|
&length_prevgroup /* Pre-compile phase */
|
||
|
))
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* At the end of compiling, code is still pointing to the start of the
|
||
|
group, while tempcode has been updated to point past the end of the group
|
||
|
and any option resetting that may follow it. The pattern pointer (ptr)
|
||
|
is on the bracket. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If this is a conditional bracket, check that there are no more than
|
||
|
two branches in the group, or just one if it's a DEFINE group. We do this
|
||
|
in the real compile phase, not in the pre-pass, where the whole group may
|
||
|
not be available. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (bravalue == OP_COND && lengthptr == NULL)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
uschar *tc = code;
|
||
|
int condcount = 0;
|
||
|
|
||
|
do {
|
||
|
condcount++;
|
||
|
tc += GET(tc,1);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
while (*tc != OP_KET);
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* A DEFINE group is never obeyed inline (the "condition" is always
|
||
|
false). It must have only one branch. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (code[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (condcount > 1)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR54;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
bravalue = OP_DEF; /* Just a flag to suppress char handling below */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* A "normal" conditional group. If there is just one branch, we must not
|
||
|
make use of its firstbyte or reqbyte, because this is equivalent to an
|
||
|
empty second branch. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (condcount > 2)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR27;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (condcount == 1) subfirstbyte = subreqbyte = REQ_NONE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Error if hit end of pattern */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR14;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* In the pre-compile phase, update the length by the length of the group,
|
||
|
less the brackets at either end. Then reduce the compiled code to just a
|
||
|
set of non-capturing brackets so that it doesn't use much memory if it is
|
||
|
duplicated by a quantifier.*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (lengthptr != NULL)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR20;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
*lengthptr += length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE;
|
||
|
*code++ = OP_BRA;
|
||
|
PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE);
|
||
|
*code++ = OP_KET;
|
||
|
PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE);
|
||
|
break; /* No need to waste time with special character handling */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Otherwise update the main code pointer to the end of the group. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
code = tempcode;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* For a DEFINE group, required and first character settings are not
|
||
|
relevant. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (bravalue == OP_DEF) break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Handle updating of the required and first characters for other types of
|
||
|
group. Update for normal brackets of all kinds, and conditions with two
|
||
|
branches (see code above). If the bracket is followed by a quantifier with
|
||
|
zero repeat, we have to back off. Hence the definition of zeroreqbyte and
|
||
|
zerofirstbyte outside the main loop so that they can be accessed for the
|
||
|
back off. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
|
||
|
zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
|
||
|
groupsetfirstbyte = FALSE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (bravalue >= OP_ONCE)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
/* If we have not yet set a firstbyte in this branch, take it from the
|
||
|
subpattern, remembering that it was set here so that a repeat of more
|
||
|
than one can replicate it as reqbyte if necessary. If the subpattern has
|
||
|
no firstbyte, set "none" for the whole branch. In both cases, a zero
|
||
|
repeat forces firstbyte to "none". */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (subfirstbyte >= 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
firstbyte = subfirstbyte;
|
||
|
groupsetfirstbyte = TRUE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
|
||
|
zerofirstbyte = REQ_NONE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If firstbyte was previously set, convert the subpattern's firstbyte
|
||
|
into reqbyte if there wasn't one, using the vary flag that was in
|
||
|
existence beforehand. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (subfirstbyte >= 0 && subreqbyte < 0)
|
||
|
subreqbyte = subfirstbyte | tempreqvary;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If the subpattern set a required byte (or set a first byte that isn't
|
||
|
really the first byte - see above), set it. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (subreqbyte >= 0) reqbyte = subreqbyte;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* For a forward assertion, we take the reqbyte, if set. This can be
|
||
|
helpful if the pattern that follows the assertion doesn't set a different
|
||
|
char. For example, it's useful for /(?=abcde).+/. We can't set firstbyte
|
||
|
for an assertion, however because it leads to incorrect effect for patterns
|
||
|
such as /(?=a)a.+/ when the "real" "a" would then become a reqbyte instead
|
||
|
of a firstbyte. This is overcome by a scan at the end if there's no
|
||
|
firstbyte, looking for an asserted first char. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (bravalue == OP_ASSERT && subreqbyte >= 0) reqbyte = subreqbyte;
|
||
|
break; /* End of processing '(' */
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* ===================================================================*/
|
||
|
/* Handle metasequences introduced by \. For ones like \d, the ESC_ values
|
||
|
are arranged to be the negation of the corresponding OP_values in the
|
||
|
default case when PCRE_UCP is not set. For the back references, the values
|
||
|
are ESC_REF plus the reference number. Only back references and those types
|
||
|
that consume a character may be repeated. We can test for values between
|
||
|
ESC_b and ESC_Z for the latter; this may have to change if any new ones are
|
||
|
ever created. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
case CHAR_BACKSLASH:
|
||
|
tempptr = ptr;
|
||
|
c = check_escape(&ptr, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, FALSE);
|
||
|
if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (c < 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (-c == ESC_Q) /* Handle start of quoted string */
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E)
|
||
|
ptr += 2; /* avoid empty string */
|
||
|
else inescq = TRUE;
|
||
|
continue;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (-c == ESC_E) continue; /* Perl ignores an orphan \E */
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* For metasequences that actually match a character, we disable the
|
||
|
setting of a first character if it hasn't already been set. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET && -c > ESC_b && -c < ESC_Z)
|
||
|
firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Set values to reset to if this is followed by a zero repeat. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
|
||
|
zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* \g<name> or \g'name' is a subroutine call by name and \g<n> or \g'n'
|
||
|
is a subroutine call by number (Oniguruma syntax). In fact, the value
|
||
|
-ESC_g is returned only for these cases. So we don't need to check for <
|
||
|
or ' if the value is -ESC_g. For the Perl syntax \g{n} the value is
|
||
|
-ESC_REF+n, and for the Perl syntax \g{name} the result is -ESC_k (as
|
||
|
that is a synonym for a named back reference). */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (-c == ESC_g)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
const uschar *p;
|
||
|
save_hwm = cd->hwm; /* Normally this is set when '(' is read */
|
||
|
terminator = (*(++ptr) == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)?
|
||
|
CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : CHAR_APOSTROPHE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* These two statements stop the compiler for warning about possibly
|
||
|
unset variables caused by the jump to HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION. In
|
||
|
fact, because we actually check for a number below, the paths that
|
||
|
would actually be in error are never taken. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
skipbytes = 0;
|
||
|
reset_bracount = FALSE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Test for a name */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (ptr[1] != CHAR_PLUS && ptr[1] != CHAR_MINUS)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
BOOL isnumber = TRUE;
|
||
|
for (p = ptr + 1; *p != 0 && *p != terminator; p++)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if ((cd->ctypes[*p] & ctype_digit) == 0) isnumber = FALSE;
|
||
|
if ((cd->ctypes[*p] & ctype_word) == 0) break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (*p != terminator)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR57;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
if (isnumber)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
ptr++;
|
||
|
goto HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
is_recurse = TRUE;
|
||
|
goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Test a signed number in angle brackets or quotes. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
p = ptr + 2;
|
||
|
while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) p++;
|
||
|
if (*p != terminator)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR57;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
ptr++;
|
||
|
goto HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* \k<name> or \k'name' is a back reference by name (Perl syntax).
|
||
|
We also support \k{name} (.NET syntax) */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (-c == ESC_k && (ptr[1] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN ||
|
||
|
ptr[1] == CHAR_APOSTROPHE || ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET))
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
is_recurse = FALSE;
|
||
|
terminator = (*(++ptr) == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)?
|
||
|
CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : (*ptr == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)?
|
||
|
CHAR_APOSTROPHE : CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET;
|
||
|
goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Back references are handled specially; must disable firstbyte if
|
||
|
not set to cope with cases like (?=(\w+))\1: which would otherwise set
|
||
|
':' later. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (-c >= ESC_REF)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
open_capitem *oc;
|
||
|
recno = -c - ESC_REF;
|
||
|
|
||
|
HANDLE_REFERENCE: /* Come here from named backref handling */
|
||
|
if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
|
||
|
previous = code;
|
||
|
*code++ = OP_REF;
|
||
|
PUT2INC(code, 0, recno);
|
||
|
cd->backref_map |= (recno < 32)? (1 << recno) : 1;
|
||
|
if (recno > cd->top_backref) cd->top_backref = recno;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Check to see if this back reference is recursive, that it, it
|
||
|
is inside the group that it references. A flag is set so that the
|
||
|
group can be made atomic. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
for (oc = cd->open_caps; oc != NULL; oc = oc->next)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (oc->number == recno)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
oc->flag = TRUE;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* So are Unicode property matches, if supported. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
|
||
|
else if (-c == ESC_P || -c == ESC_p)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
BOOL negated;
|
||
|
int pdata;
|
||
|
int ptype = get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &pdata, errorcodeptr);
|
||
|
if (ptype < 0) goto FAILED;
|
||
|
previous = code;
|
||
|
*code++ = ((-c == ESC_p) != negated)? OP_PROP : OP_NOTPROP;
|
||
|
*code++ = ptype;
|
||
|
*code++ = pdata;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
#else
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If Unicode properties are not supported, \X, \P, and \p are not
|
||
|
allowed. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (-c == ESC_X || -c == ESC_P || -c == ESC_p)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR45;
|
||
|
goto FAILED;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* For the rest (including \X when Unicode properties are supported), we
|
||
|
can obtain the OP value by negating the escape value in the default
|
||
|
situation when PCRE_UCP is not set. When it *is* set, we substitute
|
||
|
Unicode property tests. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
|
||
|
if (-c >= ESC_DU && -c <= ESC_wu)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
nestptr = ptr + 1; /* Where to resume */
|
||
|
ptr = substitutes[-c - ESC_DU] - 1; /* Just before substitute */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
previous = (-c > ESC_b && -c < ESC_Z)? code : NULL;
|
||
|
*code++ = -c;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
continue;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* We have a data character whose value is in c. In UTF-8 mode it may have
|
||
|
a value > 127. We set its representation in the length/buffer, and then
|
||
|
handle it as a data character. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
if (utf8 && c > 127)
|
||
|
mclength = _pcre_ord2utf8(c, mcbuffer);
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
mcbuffer[0] = c;
|
||
|
mclength = 1;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
goto ONE_CHAR;
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* ===================================================================*/
|
||
|
/* Handle a literal character. It is guaranteed not to be whitespace or #
|
||
|
when the extended flag is set. If we are in UTF-8 mode, it may be a
|
||
|
multi-byte literal character. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
default:
|
||
|
NORMAL_CHAR:
|
||
|
mclength = 1;
|
||
|
mcbuffer[0] = c;
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
if (utf8 && c >= 0xc0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
while ((ptr[1] & 0xc0) == 0x80)
|
||
|
mcbuffer[mclength++] = *(++ptr);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* At this point we have the character's bytes in mcbuffer, and the length
|
||
|
in mclength. When not in UTF-8 mode, the length is always 1. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
ONE_CHAR:
|
||
|
previous = code;
|
||
|
*code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_CHARNC : OP_CHAR;
|
||
|
for (c = 0; c < mclength; c++) *code++ = mcbuffer[c];
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Remember if \r or \n were seen */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (mcbuffer[0] == CHAR_CR || mcbuffer[0] == CHAR_NL)
|
||
|
cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Set the first and required bytes appropriately. If no previous first
|
||
|
byte, set it from this character, but revert to none on a zero repeat.
|
||
|
Otherwise, leave the firstbyte value alone, and don't change it on a zero
|
||
|
repeat. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
zerofirstbyte = REQ_NONE;
|
||
|
zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If the character is more than one byte long, we can set firstbyte
|
||
|
only if it is not to be matched caselessly. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
firstbyte = mcbuffer[0] | req_caseopt;
|
||
|
if (mclength != 1) reqbyte = code[-1] | cd->req_varyopt;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else firstbyte = reqbyte = REQ_NONE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* firstbyte was previously set; we can set reqbyte only the length is
|
||
|
1 or the matching is caseful. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
|
||
|
zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
|
||
|
if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0)
|
||
|
reqbyte = code[-1] | req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
break; /* End of literal character handling */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
} /* end of big loop */
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Control never reaches here by falling through, only by a goto for all the
|
||
|
error states. Pass back the position in the pattern so that it can be displayed
|
||
|
to the user for diagnosing the error. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
FAILED:
|
||
|
*ptrptr = ptr;
|
||
|
return FALSE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*************************************************
|
||
|
* Compile sequence of alternatives *
|
||
|
*************************************************/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* On entry, ptr is pointing past the bracket character, but on return it
|
||
|
points to the closing bracket, or vertical bar, or end of string. The code
|
||
|
variable is pointing at the byte into which the BRA operator has been stored.
|
||
|
If the ims options are changed at the start (for a (?ims: group) or during any
|
||
|
branch, we need to insert an OP_OPT item at the start of every following branch
|
||
|
to ensure they get set correctly at run time, and also pass the new options
|
||
|
into every subsequent branch compile.
|
||
|
|
||
|
This function is used during the pre-compile phase when we are trying to find
|
||
|
out the amount of memory needed, as well as during the real compile phase. The
|
||
|
value of lengthptr distinguishes the two phases.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Arguments:
|
||
|
options option bits, including any changes for this subpattern
|
||
|
oldims previous settings of ims option bits
|
||
|
codeptr -> the address of the current code pointer
|
||
|
ptrptr -> the address of the current pattern pointer
|
||
|
errorcodeptr -> pointer to error code variable
|
||
|
lookbehind TRUE if this is a lookbehind assertion
|
||
|
reset_bracount TRUE to reset the count for each branch
|
||
|
skipbytes skip this many bytes at start (for brackets and OP_COND)
|
||
|
firstbyteptr place to put the first required character, or a negative number
|
||
|
reqbyteptr place to put the last required character, or a negative number
|
||
|
bcptr pointer to the chain of currently open branches
|
||
|
cd points to the data block with tables pointers etc.
|
||
|
lengthptr NULL during the real compile phase
|
||
|
points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase
|
||
|
|
||
|
Returns: TRUE on success
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static BOOL
|
||
|
compile_regex(int options, int oldims, uschar **codeptr, const uschar **ptrptr,
|
||
|
int *errorcodeptr, BOOL lookbehind, BOOL reset_bracount, int skipbytes,
|
||
|
int *firstbyteptr, int *reqbyteptr, branch_chain *bcptr, compile_data *cd,
|
||
|
int *lengthptr)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr;
|
||
|
uschar *code = *codeptr;
|
||
|
uschar *last_branch = code;
|
||
|
uschar *start_bracket = code;
|
||
|
uschar *reverse_count = NULL;
|
||
|
open_capitem capitem;
|
||
|
int capnumber = 0;
|
||
|
int firstbyte, reqbyte;
|
||
|
int branchfirstbyte, branchreqbyte;
|
||
|
int length;
|
||
|
int orig_bracount;
|
||
|
int max_bracount;
|
||
|
int old_external_options = cd->external_options;
|
||
|
branch_chain bc;
|
||
|
|
||
|
bc.outer = bcptr;
|
||
|
bc.current_branch = code;
|
||
|
|
||
|
firstbyte = reqbyte = REQ_UNSET;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Accumulate the length for use in the pre-compile phase. Start with the
|
||
|
length of the BRA and KET and any extra bytes that are required at the
|
||
|
beginning. We accumulate in a local variable to save frequent testing of
|
||
|
lenthptr for NULL. We cannot do this by looking at the value of code at the
|
||
|
start and end of each alternative, because compiled items are discarded during
|
||
|
the pre-compile phase so that the work space is not exceeded. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
length = 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE + skipbytes;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* WARNING: If the above line is changed for any reason, you must also change
|
||
|
the code that abstracts option settings at the start of the pattern and makes
|
||
|
them global. It tests the value of length for (2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) in the
|
||
|
pre-compile phase to find out whether anything has yet been compiled or not. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If this is a capturing subpattern, add to the chain of open capturing items
|
||
|
so that we can detect them if (*ACCEPT) is encountered. This is also used to
|
||
|
detect groups that contain recursive back references to themselves. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (*code == OP_CBRA)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
capnumber = GET2(code, 1 + LINK_SIZE);
|
||
|
capitem.number = capnumber;
|
||
|
capitem.next = cd->open_caps;
|
||
|
capitem.flag = FALSE;
|
||
|
cd->open_caps = &capitem;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Offset is set zero to mark that this bracket is still open */
|
||
|
|
||
|
PUT(code, 1, 0);
|
||
|
code += 1 + LINK_SIZE + skipbytes;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Loop for each alternative branch */
|
||
|
|
||
|
orig_bracount = max_bracount = cd->bracount;
|
||
|
for (;;)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
/* For a (?| group, reset the capturing bracket count so that each branch
|
||
|
uses the same numbers. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (reset_bracount) cd->bracount = orig_bracount;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Handle a change of ims options at the start of the branch */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if ((options & PCRE_IMS) != oldims)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*code++ = OP_OPT;
|
||
|
*code++ = options & PCRE_IMS;
|
||
|
length += 2;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Set up dummy OP_REVERSE if lookbehind assertion */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (lookbehind)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*code++ = OP_REVERSE;
|
||
|
reverse_count = code;
|
||
|
PUTINC(code, 0, 0);
|
||
|
length += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Now compile the branch; in the pre-compile phase its length gets added
|
||
|
into the length. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (!compile_branch(&options, &code, &ptr, errorcodeptr, &branchfirstbyte,
|
||
|
&branchreqbyte, &bc, cd, (lengthptr == NULL)? NULL : &length))
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*ptrptr = ptr;
|
||
|
return FALSE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If the external options have changed during this branch, it means that we
|
||
|
are at the top level, and a leading option setting has been encountered. We
|
||
|
need to re-set the original option values to take account of this so that,
|
||
|
during the pre-compile phase, we know to allow for a re-set at the start of
|
||
|
subsequent branches. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (old_external_options != cd->external_options)
|
||
|
oldims = cd->external_options & PCRE_IMS;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Keep the highest bracket count in case (?| was used and some branch
|
||
|
has fewer than the rest. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (cd->bracount > max_bracount) max_bracount = cd->bracount;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* In the real compile phase, there is some post-processing to be done. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (lengthptr == NULL)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
/* If this is the first branch, the firstbyte and reqbyte values for the
|
||
|
branch become the values for the regex. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (*last_branch != OP_ALT)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
firstbyte = branchfirstbyte;
|
||
|
reqbyte = branchreqbyte;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If this is not the first branch, the first char and reqbyte have to
|
||
|
match the values from all the previous branches, except that if the
|
||
|
previous value for reqbyte didn't have REQ_VARY set, it can still match,
|
||
|
and we set REQ_VARY for the regex. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
/* If we previously had a firstbyte, but it doesn't match the new branch,
|
||
|
we have to abandon the firstbyte for the regex, but if there was
|
||
|
previously no reqbyte, it takes on the value of the old firstbyte. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (firstbyte >= 0 && firstbyte != branchfirstbyte)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (reqbyte < 0) reqbyte = firstbyte;
|
||
|
firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If we (now or from before) have no firstbyte, a firstbyte from the
|
||
|
branch becomes a reqbyte if there isn't a branch reqbyte. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (firstbyte < 0 && branchfirstbyte >= 0 && branchreqbyte < 0)
|
||
|
branchreqbyte = branchfirstbyte;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Now ensure that the reqbytes match */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if ((reqbyte & ~REQ_VARY) != (branchreqbyte & ~REQ_VARY))
|
||
|
reqbyte = REQ_NONE;
|
||
|
else reqbyte |= branchreqbyte; /* To "or" REQ_VARY */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If lookbehind, check that this branch matches a fixed-length string, and
|
||
|
put the length into the OP_REVERSE item. Temporarily mark the end of the
|
||
|
branch with OP_END. If the branch contains OP_RECURSE, the result is -3
|
||
|
because there may be forward references that we can't check here. Set a
|
||
|
flag to cause another lookbehind check at the end. Why not do it all at the
|
||
|
end? Because common, erroneous checks are picked up here and the offset of
|
||
|
the problem can be shown. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (lookbehind)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int fixed_length;
|
||
|
*code = OP_END;
|
||
|
fixed_length = find_fixedlength(last_branch, options, FALSE, cd);
|
||
|
DPRINTF(("fixed length = %d\n", fixed_length));
|
||
|
if (fixed_length == -3)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
cd->check_lookbehind = TRUE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else if (fixed_length < 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = (fixed_length == -2)? ERR36 : ERR25;
|
||
|
*ptrptr = ptr;
|
||
|
return FALSE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else { PUT(reverse_count, 0, fixed_length); }
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Reached end of expression, either ')' or end of pattern. In the real
|
||
|
compile phase, go back through the alternative branches and reverse the chain
|
||
|
of offsets, with the field in the BRA item now becoming an offset to the
|
||
|
first alternative. If there are no alternatives, it points to the end of the
|
||
|
group. The length in the terminating ket is always the length of the whole
|
||
|
bracketed item. If any of the ims options were changed inside the group,
|
||
|
compile a resetting op-code following, except at the very end of the pattern.
|
||
|
Return leaving the pointer at the terminating char. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (*ptr != CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (lengthptr == NULL)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int branch_length = (int)(code - last_branch);
|
||
|
do
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int prev_length = GET(last_branch, 1);
|
||
|
PUT(last_branch, 1, branch_length);
|
||
|
branch_length = prev_length;
|
||
|
last_branch -= branch_length;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
while (branch_length > 0);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Fill in the ket */
|
||
|
|
||
|
*code = OP_KET;
|
||
|
PUT(code, 1, (int)(code - start_bracket));
|
||
|
code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If it was a capturing subpattern, check to see if it contained any
|
||
|
recursive back references. If so, we must wrap it in atomic brackets.
|
||
|
In any event, remove the block from the chain. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (capnumber > 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (cd->open_caps->flag)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
memmove(start_bracket + 1 + LINK_SIZE, start_bracket,
|
||
|
code - start_bracket);
|
||
|
*start_bracket = OP_ONCE;
|
||
|
code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
|
||
|
PUT(start_bracket, 1, (int)(code - start_bracket));
|
||
|
*code = OP_KET;
|
||
|
PUT(code, 1, (int)(code - start_bracket));
|
||
|
code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
|
||
|
length += 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
cd->open_caps = cd->open_caps->next;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Reset options if needed. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if ((options & PCRE_IMS) != oldims && *ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*code++ = OP_OPT;
|
||
|
*code++ = oldims;
|
||
|
length += 2;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Retain the highest bracket number, in case resetting was used. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
cd->bracount = max_bracount;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Set values to pass back */
|
||
|
|
||
|
*codeptr = code;
|
||
|
*ptrptr = ptr;
|
||
|
*firstbyteptr = firstbyte;
|
||
|
*reqbyteptr = reqbyte;
|
||
|
if (lengthptr != NULL)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < length)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*errorcodeptr = ERR20;
|
||
|
return FALSE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
*lengthptr += length;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
return TRUE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Another branch follows. In the pre-compile phase, we can move the code
|
||
|
pointer back to where it was for the start of the first branch. (That is,
|
||
|
pretend that each branch is the only one.)
|
||
|
|
||
|
In the real compile phase, insert an ALT node. Its length field points back
|
||
|
to the previous branch while the bracket remains open. At the end the chain
|
||
|
is reversed. It's done like this so that the start of the bracket has a
|
||
|
zero offset until it is closed, making it possible to detect recursion. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (lengthptr != NULL)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
code = *codeptr + 1 + LINK_SIZE + skipbytes;
|
||
|
length += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
*code = OP_ALT;
|
||
|
PUT(code, 1, (int)(code - last_branch));
|
||
|
bc.current_branch = last_branch = code;
|
||
|
code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
ptr++;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
/* Control never reaches here */
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*************************************************
|
||
|
* Check for anchored expression *
|
||
|
*************************************************/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Try to find out if this is an anchored regular expression. Consider each
|
||
|
alternative branch. If they all start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC, or with a bracket
|
||
|
all of whose alternatives start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC (recurse ad lib), then
|
||
|
it's anchored. However, if this is a multiline pattern, then only OP_SOD
|
||
|
counts, since OP_CIRC can match in the middle.
|
||
|
|
||
|
We can also consider a regex to be anchored if OP_SOM starts all its branches.
|
||
|
This is the code for \G, which means "match at start of match position, taking
|
||
|
into account the match offset".
|
||
|
|
||
|
A branch is also implicitly anchored if it starts with .* and DOTALL is set,
|
||
|
because that will try the rest of the pattern at all possible matching points,
|
||
|
so there is no point trying again.... er ....
|
||
|
|
||
|
.... except when the .* appears inside capturing parentheses, and there is a
|
||
|
subsequent back reference to those parentheses. We haven't enough information
|
||
|
to catch that case precisely.
|
||
|
|
||
|
At first, the best we could do was to detect when .* was in capturing brackets
|
||
|
and the highest back reference was greater than or equal to that level.
|
||
|
However, by keeping a bitmap of the first 31 back references, we can catch some
|
||
|
of the more common cases more precisely.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Arguments:
|
||
|
code points to start of expression (the bracket)
|
||
|
options points to the options setting
|
||
|
bracket_map a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this
|
||
|
handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take
|
||
|
the less precise approach
|
||
|
backref_map the back reference bitmap
|
||
|
|
||
|
Returns: TRUE or FALSE
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static BOOL
|
||
|
is_anchored(register const uschar *code, int *options, unsigned int bracket_map,
|
||
|
unsigned int backref_map)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
do {
|
||
|
const uschar *scode = first_significant_code(code + _pcre_OP_lengths[*code],
|
||
|
options, PCRE_MULTILINE, FALSE);
|
||
|
register int op = *scode;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Non-capturing brackets */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (op == OP_BRA)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (!is_anchored(scode, options, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Capturing brackets */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (op == OP_CBRA)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int n = GET2(scode, 1+LINK_SIZE);
|
||
|
int new_map = bracket_map | ((n < 32)? (1 << n) : 1);
|
||
|
if (!is_anchored(scode, options, new_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Other brackets */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (op == OP_ASSERT || op == OP_ONCE || op == OP_COND)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (!is_anchored(scode, options, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* .* is not anchored unless DOTALL is set (which generates OP_ALLANY) and
|
||
|
it isn't in brackets that are or may be referenced. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if ((op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR ||
|
||
|
op == OP_TYPEPOSSTAR))
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (scode[1] != OP_ALLANY || (bracket_map & backref_map) != 0)
|
||
|
return FALSE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Check for explicit anchoring */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (op != OP_SOD && op != OP_SOM &&
|
||
|
((*options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0 || op != OP_CIRC))
|
||
|
return FALSE;
|
||
|
code += GET(code, 1);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
while (*code == OP_ALT); /* Loop for each alternative */
|
||
|
return TRUE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*************************************************
|
||
|
* Check for starting with ^ or .* *
|
||
|
*************************************************/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* This is called to find out if every branch starts with ^ or .* so that
|
||
|
"first char" processing can be done to speed things up in multiline
|
||
|
matching and for non-DOTALL patterns that start with .* (which must start at
|
||
|
the beginning or after \n). As in the case of is_anchored() (see above), we
|
||
|
have to take account of back references to capturing brackets that contain .*
|
||
|
because in that case we can't make the assumption.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Arguments:
|
||
|
code points to start of expression (the bracket)
|
||
|
bracket_map a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this
|
||
|
handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take
|
||
|
the less precise approach
|
||
|
backref_map the back reference bitmap
|
||
|
|
||
|
Returns: TRUE or FALSE
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static BOOL
|
||
|
is_startline(const uschar *code, unsigned int bracket_map,
|
||
|
unsigned int backref_map)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
do {
|
||
|
const uschar *scode = first_significant_code(code + _pcre_OP_lengths[*code],
|
||
|
NULL, 0, FALSE);
|
||
|
register int op = *scode;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If we are at the start of a conditional assertion group, *both* the
|
||
|
conditional assertion *and* what follows the condition must satisfy the test
|
||
|
for start of line. Other kinds of condition fail. Note that there may be an
|
||
|
auto-callout at the start of a condition. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (op == OP_COND)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
scode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
|
||
|
if (*scode == OP_CALLOUT) scode += _pcre_OP_lengths[OP_CALLOUT];
|
||
|
switch (*scode)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
case OP_CREF:
|
||
|
case OP_NCREF:
|
||
|
case OP_RREF:
|
||
|
case OP_NRREF:
|
||
|
case OP_DEF:
|
||
|
return FALSE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
default: /* Assertion */
|
||
|
if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
|
||
|
do scode += GET(scode, 1); while (*scode == OP_ALT);
|
||
|
scode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
scode = first_significant_code(scode, NULL, 0, FALSE);
|
||
|
op = *scode;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Non-capturing brackets */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (op == OP_BRA)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Capturing brackets */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (op == OP_CBRA)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int n = GET2(scode, 1+LINK_SIZE);
|
||
|
int new_map = bracket_map | ((n < 32)? (1 << n) : 1);
|
||
|
if (!is_startline(scode, new_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Other brackets */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (op == OP_ASSERT || op == OP_ONCE)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* .* means "start at start or after \n" if it isn't in brackets that
|
||
|
may be referenced. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR || op == OP_TYPEPOSSTAR)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (scode[1] != OP_ANY || (bracket_map & backref_map) != 0) return FALSE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Check for explicit circumflex */
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (op != OP_CIRC) return FALSE;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Move on to the next alternative */
|
||
|
|
||
|
code += GET(code, 1);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
while (*code == OP_ALT); /* Loop for each alternative */
|
||
|
return TRUE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*************************************************
|
||
|
* Check for asserted fixed first char *
|
||
|
*************************************************/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* During compilation, the "first char" settings from forward assertions are
|
||
|
discarded, because they can cause conflicts with actual literals that follow.
|
||
|
However, if we end up without a first char setting for an unanchored pattern,
|
||
|
it is worth scanning the regex to see if there is an initial asserted first
|
||
|
char. If all branches start with the same asserted char, or with a bracket all
|
||
|
of whose alternatives start with the same asserted char (recurse ad lib), then
|
||
|
we return that char, otherwise -1.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Arguments:
|
||
|
code points to start of expression (the bracket)
|
||
|
options pointer to the options (used to check casing changes)
|
||
|
inassert TRUE if in an assertion
|
||
|
|
||
|
Returns: -1 or the fixed first char
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
static int
|
||
|
find_firstassertedchar(const uschar *code, int *options, BOOL inassert)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
register int c = -1;
|
||
|
do {
|
||
|
int d;
|
||
|
const uschar *scode =
|
||
|
first_significant_code(code + 1+LINK_SIZE, options, PCRE_CASELESS, TRUE);
|
||
|
register int op = *scode;
|
||
|
|
||
|
switch(op)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
default:
|
||
|
return -1;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_BRA:
|
||
|
case OP_CBRA:
|
||
|
case OP_ASSERT:
|
||
|
case OP_ONCE:
|
||
|
case OP_COND:
|
||
|
if ((d = find_firstassertedchar(scode, options, op == OP_ASSERT)) < 0)
|
||
|
return -1;
|
||
|
if (c < 0) c = d; else if (c != d) return -1;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_EXACT: /* Fall through */
|
||
|
scode += 2;
|
||
|
|
||
|
case OP_CHAR:
|
||
|
case OP_CHARNC:
|
||
|
case OP_PLUS:
|
||
|
case OP_MINPLUS:
|
||
|
case OP_POSPLUS:
|
||
|
if (!inassert) return -1;
|
||
|
if (c < 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
c = scode[1];
|
||
|
if ((*options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0) c |= REQ_CASELESS;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else if (c != scode[1]) return -1;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
code += GET(code, 1);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
while (*code == OP_ALT);
|
||
|
return c;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
/*************************************************
|
||
|
* Compile a Regular Expression *
|
||
|
*************************************************/
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* This function takes a string and returns a pointer to a block of store
|
||
|
holding a compiled version of the expression. The original API for this
|
||
|
function had no error code return variable; it is retained for backwards
|
||
|
compatibility. The new function is given a new name.
|
||
|
|
||
|
Arguments:
|
||
|
pattern the regular expression
|
||
|
options various option bits
|
||
|
errorcodeptr pointer to error code variable (pcre_compile2() only)
|
||
|
can be NULL if you don't want a code value
|
||
|
errorptr pointer to pointer to error text
|
||
|
erroroffset ptr offset in pattern where error was detected
|
||
|
tables pointer to character tables or NULL
|
||
|
|
||
|
Returns: pointer to compiled data block, or NULL on error,
|
||
|
with errorptr and erroroffset set
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
|
||
|
pcre_compile(const char *pattern, int options, const char **errorptr,
|
||
|
int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
return pcre_compile2(pattern, options, NULL, errorptr, erroroffset, tables);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
|
||
|
pcre_compile2(const char *pattern, int options, int *errorcodeptr,
|
||
|
const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
real_pcre *re;
|
||
|
int length = 1; /* For final END opcode */
|
||
|
int firstbyte, reqbyte, newline;
|
||
|
int errorcode = 0;
|
||
|
int skipatstart = 0;
|
||
|
BOOL utf8;
|
||
|
size_t size;
|
||
|
uschar *code;
|
||
|
const uschar *codestart;
|
||
|
const uschar *ptr;
|
||
|
compile_data compile_block;
|
||
|
compile_data *cd = &compile_block;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* This space is used for "compiling" into during the first phase, when we are
|
||
|
computing the amount of memory that is needed. Compiled items are thrown away
|
||
|
as soon as possible, so that a fairly large buffer should be sufficient for
|
||
|
this purpose. The same space is used in the second phase for remembering where
|
||
|
to fill in forward references to subpatterns. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
uschar cworkspace[COMPILE_WORK_SIZE];
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Set this early so that early errors get offset 0. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
ptr = (const uschar *)pattern;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* We can't pass back an error message if errorptr is NULL; I guess the best we
|
||
|
can do is just return NULL, but we can set a code value if there is a code
|
||
|
pointer. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (errorptr == NULL)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = 99;
|
||
|
return NULL;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
*errorptr = NULL;
|
||
|
if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR0;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* However, we can give a message for this error */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (erroroffset == NULL)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
errorcode = ERR16;
|
||
|
goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
*erroroffset = 0;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Set up pointers to the individual character tables */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (tables == NULL) tables = _pcre_default_tables;
|
||
|
cd->lcc = tables + lcc_offset;
|
||
|
cd->fcc = tables + fcc_offset;
|
||
|
cd->cbits = tables + cbits_offset;
|
||
|
cd->ctypes = tables + ctypes_offset;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Check that all undefined public option bits are zero */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if ((options & ~PUBLIC_COMPILE_OPTIONS) != 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
errorcode = ERR17;
|
||
|
goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Check for global one-time settings at the start of the pattern, and remember
|
||
|
the offset for later. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
while (ptr[skipatstart] == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS &&
|
||
|
ptr[skipatstart+1] == CHAR_ASTERISK)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int newnl = 0;
|
||
|
int newbsr = 0;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_UTF8_RIGHTPAR, 5) == 0)
|
||
|
{ skipatstart += 7; options |= PCRE_UTF8; continue; }
|
||
|
else if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_UCP_RIGHTPAR, 4) == 0)
|
||
|
{ skipatstart += 6; options |= PCRE_UCP; continue; }
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_CR_RIGHTPAR, 3) == 0)
|
||
|
{ skipatstart += 5; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_CR; }
|
||
|
else if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_LF_RIGHTPAR, 3) == 0)
|
||
|
{ skipatstart += 5; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_LF; }
|
||
|
else if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_CRLF_RIGHTPAR, 5) == 0)
|
||
|
{ skipatstart += 7; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_CR + PCRE_NEWLINE_LF; }
|
||
|
else if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_ANY_RIGHTPAR, 4) == 0)
|
||
|
{ skipatstart += 6; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY; }
|
||
|
else if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR, 8) == 0)
|
||
|
{ skipatstart += 10; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF; }
|
||
|
|
||
|
else if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_BSR_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR, 12) == 0)
|
||
|
{ skipatstart += 14; newbsr = PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF; }
|
||
|
else if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_BSR_UNICODE_RIGHTPAR, 12) == 0)
|
||
|
{ skipatstart += 14; newbsr = PCRE_BSR_UNICODE; }
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (newnl != 0)
|
||
|
options = (options & ~PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS) | newnl;
|
||
|
else if (newbsr != 0)
|
||
|
options = (options & ~(PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) | newbsr;
|
||
|
else break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
utf8 = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Can't support UTF8 unless PCRE has been compiled to include the code. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
|
||
|
if (utf8 && (options & PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK) == 0 &&
|
||
|
(*erroroffset = _pcre_valid_utf8((USPTR)pattern, -1)) >= 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
errorcode = ERR44;
|
||
|
goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
#else
|
||
|
if (utf8)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
errorcode = ERR32;
|
||
|
goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Can't support UCP unless PCRE has been compiled to include the code. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifndef SUPPORT_UCP
|
||
|
if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
errorcode = ERR67;
|
||
|
goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Check validity of \R options. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
switch (options & (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE))
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
case 0:
|
||
|
case PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF:
|
||
|
case PCRE_BSR_UNICODE:
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
default: errorcode = ERR56; goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Handle different types of newline. The three bits give seven cases. The
|
||
|
current code allows for fixed one- or two-byte sequences, plus "any" and
|
||
|
"anycrlf". */
|
||
|
|
||
|
switch (options & PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
case 0: newline = NEWLINE; break; /* Build-time default */
|
||
|
case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR: newline = CHAR_CR; break;
|
||
|
case PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = CHAR_NL; break;
|
||
|
case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR+
|
||
|
PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = (CHAR_CR << 8) | CHAR_NL; break;
|
||
|
case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY: newline = -1; break;
|
||
|
case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF: newline = -2; break;
|
||
|
default: errorcode = ERR56; goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (newline == -2)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
cd->nltype = NLTYPE_ANYCRLF;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else if (newline < 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
cd->nltype = NLTYPE_ANY;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
cd->nltype = NLTYPE_FIXED;
|
||
|
if (newline > 255)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
cd->nllen = 2;
|
||
|
cd->nl[0] = (newline >> 8) & 255;
|
||
|
cd->nl[1] = newline & 255;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
cd->nllen = 1;
|
||
|
cd->nl[0] = newline;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Maximum back reference and backref bitmap. The bitmap records up to 31 back
|
||
|
references to help in deciding whether (.*) can be treated as anchored or not.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
cd->top_backref = 0;
|
||
|
cd->backref_map = 0;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Reflect pattern for debugging output */
|
||
|
|
||
|
DPRINTF(("------------------------------------------------------------------\n"));
|
||
|
DPRINTF(("%s\n", pattern));
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Pretend to compile the pattern while actually just accumulating the length
|
||
|
of memory required. This behaviour is triggered by passing a non-NULL final
|
||
|
argument to compile_regex(). We pass a block of workspace (cworkspace) for it
|
||
|
to compile parts of the pattern into; the compiled code is discarded when it is
|
||
|
no longer needed, so hopefully this workspace will never overflow, though there
|
||
|
is a test for its doing so. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
cd->bracount = cd->final_bracount = 0;
|
||
|
cd->names_found = 0;
|
||
|
cd->name_entry_size = 0;
|
||
|
cd->name_table = NULL;
|
||
|
cd->start_workspace = cworkspace;
|
||
|
cd->start_code = cworkspace;
|
||
|
cd->hwm = cworkspace;
|
||
|
cd->start_pattern = (const uschar *)pattern;
|
||
|
cd->end_pattern = (const uschar *)(pattern + strlen(pattern));
|
||
|
cd->req_varyopt = 0;
|
||
|
cd->external_options = options;
|
||
|
cd->external_flags = 0;
|
||
|
cd->open_caps = NULL;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Now do the pre-compile. On error, errorcode will be set non-zero, so we
|
||
|
don't need to look at the result of the function here. The initial options have
|
||
|
been put into the cd block so that they can be changed if an option setting is
|
||
|
found within the regex right at the beginning. Bringing initial option settings
|
||
|
outside can help speed up starting point checks. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
ptr += skipatstart;
|
||
|
code = cworkspace;
|
||
|
*code = OP_BRA;
|
||
|
(void)compile_regex(cd->external_options, cd->external_options & PCRE_IMS,
|
||
|
&code, &ptr, &errorcode, FALSE, FALSE, 0, &firstbyte, &reqbyte, NULL, cd,
|
||
|
&length);
|
||
|
if (errorcode != 0) goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
|
||
|
|
||
|
DPRINTF(("end pre-compile: length=%d workspace=%d\n", length,
|
||
|
cd->hwm - cworkspace));
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (length > MAX_PATTERN_SIZE)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
errorcode = ERR20;
|
||
|
goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Compute the size of data block needed and get it, either from malloc or
|
||
|
externally provided function. Integer overflow should no longer be possible
|
||
|
because nowadays we limit the maximum value of cd->names_found and
|
||
|
cd->name_entry_size. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
size = length + sizeof(real_pcre) + cd->names_found * (cd->name_entry_size + 3);
|
||
|
re = (real_pcre *)(pcre_malloc)(size);
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (re == NULL)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
errorcode = ERR21;
|
||
|
goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Put in the magic number, and save the sizes, initial options, internal
|
||
|
flags, and character table pointer. NULL is used for the default character
|
||
|
tables. The nullpad field is at the end; it's there to help in the case when a
|
||
|
regex compiled on a system with 4-byte pointers is run on another with 8-byte
|
||
|
pointers. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
re->magic_number = MAGIC_NUMBER;
|
||
|
re->size = (int)size;
|
||
|
re->options = cd->external_options;
|
||
|
re->flags = cd->external_flags;
|
||
|
re->dummy1 = 0;
|
||
|
re->first_byte = 0;
|
||
|
re->req_byte = 0;
|
||
|
re->name_table_offset = sizeof(real_pcre);
|
||
|
re->name_entry_size = cd->name_entry_size;
|
||
|
re->name_count = cd->names_found;
|
||
|
re->ref_count = 0;
|
||
|
re->tables = (tables == _pcre_default_tables)? NULL : tables;
|
||
|
re->nullpad = NULL;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* The starting points of the name/number translation table and of the code are
|
||
|
passed around in the compile data block. The start/end pattern and initial
|
||
|
options are already set from the pre-compile phase, as is the name_entry_size
|
||
|
field. Reset the bracket count and the names_found field. Also reset the hwm
|
||
|
field; this time it's used for remembering forward references to subpatterns.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
cd->final_bracount = cd->bracount; /* Save for checking forward references */
|
||
|
cd->bracount = 0;
|
||
|
cd->names_found = 0;
|
||
|
cd->name_table = (uschar *)re + re->name_table_offset;
|
||
|
codestart = cd->name_table + re->name_entry_size * re->name_count;
|
||
|
cd->start_code = codestart;
|
||
|
cd->hwm = cworkspace;
|
||
|
cd->req_varyopt = 0;
|
||
|
cd->had_accept = FALSE;
|
||
|
cd->check_lookbehind = FALSE;
|
||
|
cd->open_caps = NULL;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Set up a starting, non-extracting bracket, then compile the expression. On
|
||
|
error, errorcode will be set non-zero, so we don't need to look at the result
|
||
|
of the function here. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
ptr = (const uschar *)pattern + skipatstart;
|
||
|
code = (uschar *)codestart;
|
||
|
*code = OP_BRA;
|
||
|
(void)compile_regex(re->options, re->options & PCRE_IMS, &code, &ptr,
|
||
|
&errorcode, FALSE, FALSE, 0, &firstbyte, &reqbyte, NULL, cd, NULL);
|
||
|
re->top_bracket = cd->bracount;
|
||
|
re->top_backref = cd->top_backref;
|
||
|
re->flags = cd->external_flags;
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (cd->had_accept) reqbyte = -1; /* Must disable after (*ACCEPT) */
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If not reached end of pattern on success, there's an excess bracket. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (errorcode == 0 && *ptr != 0) errorcode = ERR22;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Fill in the terminating state and check for disastrous overflow, but
|
||
|
if debugging, leave the test till after things are printed out. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
*code++ = OP_END;
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifndef PCRE_DEBUG
|
||
|
if (code - codestart > length) errorcode = ERR23;
|
||
|
#endif
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Fill in any forward references that are required. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
while (errorcode == 0 && cd->hwm > cworkspace)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int offset, recno;
|
||
|
const uschar *groupptr;
|
||
|
cd->hwm -= LINK_SIZE;
|
||
|
offset = GET(cd->hwm, 0);
|
||
|
recno = GET(codestart, offset);
|
||
|
groupptr = _pcre_find_bracket(codestart, utf8, recno);
|
||
|
if (groupptr == NULL) errorcode = ERR53;
|
||
|
else PUT(((uschar *)codestart), offset, (int)(groupptr - codestart));
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Give an error if there's back reference to a non-existent capturing
|
||
|
subpattern. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (errorcode == 0 && re->top_backref > re->top_bracket) errorcode = ERR15;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If there were any lookbehind assertions that contained OP_RECURSE
|
||
|
(recursions or subroutine calls), a flag is set for them to be checked here,
|
||
|
because they may contain forward references. Actual recursions can't be fixed
|
||
|
length, but subroutine calls can. It is done like this so that those without
|
||
|
OP_RECURSE that are not fixed length get a diagnosic with a useful offset. The
|
||
|
exceptional ones forgo this. We scan the pattern to check that they are fixed
|
||
|
length, and set their lengths. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (cd->check_lookbehind)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
uschar *cc = (uschar *)codestart;
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Loop, searching for OP_REVERSE items, and process those that do not have
|
||
|
their length set. (Actually, it will also re-process any that have a length
|
||
|
of zero, but that is a pathological case, and it does no harm.) When we find
|
||
|
one, we temporarily terminate the branch it is in while we scan it. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
for (cc = (uschar *)_pcre_find_bracket(codestart, utf8, -1);
|
||
|
cc != NULL;
|
||
|
cc = (uschar *)_pcre_find_bracket(cc, utf8, -1))
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (GET(cc, 1) == 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int fixed_length;
|
||
|
uschar *be = cc - 1 - LINK_SIZE + GET(cc, -LINK_SIZE);
|
||
|
int end_op = *be;
|
||
|
*be = OP_END;
|
||
|
fixed_length = find_fixedlength(cc, re->options, TRUE, cd);
|
||
|
*be = end_op;
|
||
|
DPRINTF(("fixed length = %d\n", fixed_length));
|
||
|
if (fixed_length < 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
errorcode = (fixed_length == -2)? ERR36 : ERR25;
|
||
|
break;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
PUT(cc, 1, fixed_length);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Failed to compile, or error while post-processing */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (errorcode != 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
(pcre_free)(re);
|
||
|
PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN:
|
||
|
*erroroffset = (int)(ptr - (const uschar *)pattern);
|
||
|
PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2:
|
||
|
*errorptr = find_error_text(errorcode);
|
||
|
if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = errorcode;
|
||
|
return NULL;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* If the anchored option was not passed, set the flag if we can determine that
|
||
|
the pattern is anchored by virtue of ^ characters or \A or anything else (such
|
||
|
as starting with .* when DOTALL is set).
|
||
|
|
||
|
Otherwise, if we know what the first byte has to be, save it, because that
|
||
|
speeds up unanchored matches no end. If not, see if we can set the
|
||
|
PCRE_STARTLINE flag. This is helpful for multiline matches when all branches
|
||
|
start with ^. and also when all branches start with .* for non-DOTALL matches.
|
||
|
*/
|
||
|
|
||
|
if ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int temp_options = re->options; /* May get changed during these scans */
|
||
|
if (is_anchored(codestart, &temp_options, 0, cd->backref_map))
|
||
|
re->options |= PCRE_ANCHORED;
|
||
|
else
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
if (firstbyte < 0)
|
||
|
firstbyte = find_firstassertedchar(codestart, &temp_options, FALSE);
|
||
|
if (firstbyte >= 0) /* Remove caseless flag for non-caseable chars */
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int ch = firstbyte & 255;
|
||
|
re->first_byte = ((firstbyte & REQ_CASELESS) != 0 &&
|
||
|
cd->fcc[ch] == ch)? ch : firstbyte;
|
||
|
re->flags |= PCRE_FIRSTSET;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
else if (is_startline(codestart, 0, cd->backref_map))
|
||
|
re->flags |= PCRE_STARTLINE;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* For an anchored pattern, we use the "required byte" only if it follows a
|
||
|
variable length item in the regex. Remove the caseless flag for non-caseable
|
||
|
bytes. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (reqbyte >= 0 &&
|
||
|
((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0 || (reqbyte & REQ_VARY) != 0))
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int ch = reqbyte & 255;
|
||
|
re->req_byte = ((reqbyte & REQ_CASELESS) != 0 &&
|
||
|
cd->fcc[ch] == ch)? (reqbyte & ~REQ_CASELESS) : reqbyte;
|
||
|
re->flags |= PCRE_REQCHSET;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* Print out the compiled data if debugging is enabled. This is never the
|
||
|
case when building a production library. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
#ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
|
||
|
printf("Length = %d top_bracket = %d top_backref = %d\n",
|
||
|
length, re->top_bracket, re->top_backref);
|
||
|
|
||
|
printf("Options=%08x\n", re->options);
|
||
|
|
||
|
if ((re->flags & PCRE_FIRSTSET) != 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int ch = re->first_byte & 255;
|
||
|
const char *caseless = ((re->first_byte & REQ_CASELESS) == 0)?
|
||
|
"" : " (caseless)";
|
||
|
if (isprint(ch)) printf("First char = %c%s\n", ch, caseless);
|
||
|
else printf("First char = \\x%02x%s\n", ch, caseless);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
if ((re->flags & PCRE_REQCHSET) != 0)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
int ch = re->req_byte & 255;
|
||
|
const char *caseless = ((re->req_byte & REQ_CASELESS) == 0)?
|
||
|
"" : " (caseless)";
|
||
|
if (isprint(ch)) printf("Req char = %c%s\n", ch, caseless);
|
||
|
else printf("Req char = \\x%02x%s\n", ch, caseless);
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
pcre_printint(re, stdout, TRUE);
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* This check is done here in the debugging case so that the code that
|
||
|
was compiled can be seen. */
|
||
|
|
||
|
if (code - codestart > length)
|
||
|
{
|
||
|
(pcre_free)(re);
|
||
|
*errorptr = find_error_text(ERR23);
|
||
|
*erroroffset = ptr - (uschar *)pattern;
|
||
|
if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR23;
|
||
|
return NULL;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
#endif /* PCRE_DEBUG */
|
||
|
|
||
|
return (pcre *)re;
|
||
|
}
|
||
|
|
||
|
/* End of pcre_compile.c */
|